Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the above names

  • 1 sopra

    onto
    * * *
    1. prep on
    ( riguardo a) about, on
    sopra il tavolo on the table
    l'uno sopra l'altro one on top of the other
    i bambini sopra cinque anni children over five
    5 gradi sopra lo zero 5 degrees above zero
    al di sopra di qualcosa over something
    2. adv on top
    ( al piano superiore) upstairs
    dormirci sopra sleep on it
    vedi sopra see above
    la parte di sopra the top or upper part
    * * *
    sopra avv.
    1 ( in luogo o posizione più elevata) up; on; above; ( in superficie) on top: la penna è lì sopra, the pen is on there; posa i libri qua sopra, put the books (on) here; appendilo più sopra, hang it higher up; un gelato con sopra le ciliegine, an ice-cream with cherries on top; nella valigia ti ho messo sotto le magliette sopra le camicie, I've put your vests at the bottom of the case and your shirts on top; sopra c'era neve fresca, sotto era tutto ghiaccio, there was fresh snow on top, but underneath it was all ice; il fumo veniva da sopra, smoke was coming from above // (al) di sopra → disopra
    2 ( al piano superiore) upstairs; above: le camere da letto sono (di) sopra, the bedrooms are upstairs (o above); ci dev'essere qualcuno di sopra, there must be somebody upstairs (o above); sotto ci sono gli uffici, sopra le abitazioni, downstairs there are offices, upstairs (there are) the living quarters
    3 (precedentemente, in un testo o simili) above: vedi sopra, see above; come sopra, as above; in aggiunta a quanto sopra, in addition to the above; gli esempi sopra citati, the above-mentioned examples
    ◆ agg.invar. ( superiore) above: il piano (di) sopra, the floor above; leggi la riga sopra, read the line above
    ◆ s.m. ( la parte superiore) top: il (di) sopra è in plastica, the top is made of plastic.
    * * *
    ['sopra]
    1. prep
    1) (gen) over

    guadagna sopra i 2000 euro al mese — he earns over 2,000 euros a month

    pesa sopra il chilo — it weighs over o more than a kilo

    sopra l'equatore — north of o above the equator

    ha un appartamento sopra il negozio — he has a flat Brit o apartment Am over the shop

    3) (a contatto con) on, (moto) on(to), (in cima a) on (top of)
    4) (intorno a, riguardo a) about, on
    2. avv
    1) (su) up, (in superficie) on top

    metti tutto lì o là sopra — put everything up there

    sopra è un po' rovinato — (libro, borsa) it's a bit damaged on top

    2)
    3) (prima) above

    per i motivi sopra illustrati — for the above-mentioned reasons, for the reasons shown above

    vedi/come sopra — see/as above

    4)
    3. sm

    il di sopra — the top, the upper part

    * * *
    ['sopra] 1.

    la tazza è sopra il o al tavolo the cup is on the table; il gelato è caduto sopra la sedia the ice cream fell on(to) the chair; passare le dita sopra qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; scrivici sopra l'indirizzo write the address on it; mettilo sopra al mucchio put it on top of the pile; essere uno sopra l'altro — to be in a pile

    2) (senza contatto o per indicare rivestimento, protezione) over

    il quadro sopra il o al letto the picture over the bed; portare un maglione sopra la camicia to wear a sweater over one's shirt; tirarsi le lenzuola sopra la testa — to pull the sheets over one's head

    3) (più in alto di, più in su di) above; (a nord di) north of, above
    4) (oltre) above, over

    ragazze sopra i sedici anni — girls over sixteen o above the age of sixteen

    5) (più di, che) over, above, more than

    amare qcn. sopra ogni altra cosa — to love sb. above all else

    6) (per indicare superiorità, dominio) over
    7) (intorno, rispetto a) on, about
    8) al di sopra di above, beyond, over

    al di sopra della media — above (the) average, above standard

    2.

    non prendere questo libro, prendi quello sopra — don't take that book, take the one on top (of it)

    in camicia avrai freddo, mettiti sopra una maglia — you'll be cold in a shirt, put a sweater on

    qua sopra, là sopra — on o up here, on o up there

    3.
    aggettivo invariabile (superiore) above
    4.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile (parte superiore) top (side)
    * * *
    sopra
    /'sopra/
     1 (in posizione superiore) (con contatto) on, upon; (con movimento) on, onto; (in cima a) on top of; la tazza è sopra il o al tavolo the cup is on the table; il gelato è caduto sopra la sedia the ice cream fell on(to) the chair; passare le dita sopra qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; scrivici sopra l'indirizzo write the address on it; mettilo sopra al mucchio put it on top of the pile; essere uno sopra l'altro to be in a pile
     2 (senza contatto o per indicare rivestimento, protezione) over; il cielo sopra Londra the sky over London; il quadro sopra il o al letto the picture over the bed; portare un maglione sopra la camicia to wear a sweater over one's shirt; tirarsi le lenzuola sopra la testa to pull the sheets over one's head
     3 (più in alto di, più in su di) above; (a nord di) north of, above; sopra il ginocchio above the knee; abita sopra di me he lives in the flat above me; proprio sopra le nostre teste straight above our heads; sei gradi sopra lo zero six degrees above zero; sopra il livello del mare above sea level; Como è sopra Milano Como is north of Milan
     4 (oltre) above, over; ragazze sopra i sedici anni girls over sixteen o above the age of sixteen; il prezzo è sopra i 500 euro the price is over o above 500 euros
     5 (più di, che) over, above, more than; amare qcn. sopra ogni altra cosa to love sb. above all else
     6 (per indicare superiorità, dominio) over
     7 (intorno, rispetto a) on, about
     8 al di sopra di above, beyond, over; al di sopra degli alberi above the trees; i bambini al di sopra dei sei anni children (of) over six; al di sopra della media above (the) average, above standard; è al di sopra delle mie capacità it is beyond my ability; essere al di sopra di ogni sospetto to be above o beyond suspicion
     1 (in posizione più elevata) on, up; (senza contatto) above; (in cima) on top; due metri sopra two metres above; va sotto o sopra? does it go under or over? non prendere questo libro, prendi quello sopra don't take that book, take the one on top (of it); non metterci le dita sopra don't put your fingers on it; in camicia avrai freddo, mettiti sopra una maglia you'll be cold in a shirt, put a sweater on; da sopra from above; qua sopra, là sopra on o up here, on o up there
     2 (sulla superficie esterna) on top; un dolce con la cioccolata sopra a cake with chocolate on top
     3 (al piano superiore) upstairs; sopra ci sono tre camere there are three rooms upstairs; il rumore viene da sopra the noise is coming from upstairs
     4 (precedentemente) above; vedi sopra see above; come sopra ditto; come detto sopra as stated above; i nomi di cui sopra the above names
      (superiore) above; la parte sopra the upper part; la riga sopra the line above
    IV m.inv.
      (parte superiore) top (side).

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > sopra

  • 2 i nomi di cui sopra

    i nomi di cui sopra
    the above names
    \
    →  sopra

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > i nomi di cui sopra

  • 3 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 4 posibilidad

    f.
    possibility, chance.
    cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance that…
    posibilidades económicas financial means o resources
    * * *
    1 possibility
    ■ ¿hay alguna posibilidad de que salga elegida? is there any chance of her being elected?
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=oportunidad) chance, possibility

    no existe posibilidad de que venga — there's no chance o possibility that he'll come

    no tenemos ninguna posibilidad — we don't have the slightest chance, we don't stand a chance

    ¿tienes posibilidad de aprobar el examen? — do you have any chance of passing the exam?

    2) (=alternativa) possibility

    hay dos posibilidades: operación o radioterapia — there are two alternatives o possibilities: an operation or radiotherapy

    3) pl posibilidades (=recursos) means
    * * *
    1) ( circunstancia) possibility

    posibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing

    ¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?

    2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)

    vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means

    la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house

    * * *
    = ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.
    Ex. The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.
    Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex. In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.
    Ex. It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.
    Ex. Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.
    Ex. However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.
    Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex. Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.
    Ex. At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.
    Ex. They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.
    Ex. The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.
    Ex. Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.
    Ex. The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.
    Ex. The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.
    ----
    * abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.
    * abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.
    * abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.
    * analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.
    * analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.
    * analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.
    * ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.
    * anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.
    * aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.
    * aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.
    * aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.
    * aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.
    * aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.
    * barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.
    * contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.
    * contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.
    * crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.
    * dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.
    * dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.
    * desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.
    * estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.
    * examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.
    * existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.
    * existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.
    * fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.
    * hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.
    * hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.
    * otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.
    * perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.
    * permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.
    * plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.
    * plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * posibilidad de = facility for.
    * posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.
    * posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.
    * posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.
    * posibilidad de expandir = expandability.
    * posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.
    * posibilidad de localizar = traceability.
    * posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.
    * posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.
    * posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.
    * posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.
    * posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.
    * posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.
    * posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.
    * posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].
    * posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.
    * posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.
    * posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.
    * posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.
    * posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.
    * posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.
    * presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.
    * reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.
    * sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.
    * sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.
    * tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.
    * * *
    1) ( circunstancia) possibility

    posibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing

    ¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?

    2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)

    vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means

    la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house

    * * *
    = ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.

    Ex: The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.

    Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex: In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.
    Ex: It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.
    Ex: Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.
    Ex: However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.
    Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex: Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.
    Ex: At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.
    Ex: They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.
    Ex: The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.
    Ex: Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.
    Ex: The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.
    Ex: The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.
    * abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.
    * abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.
    * abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.
    * analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.
    * analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.
    * analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.
    * ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.
    * anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.
    * aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.
    * aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.
    * aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.
    * aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.
    * aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.
    * barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.
    * contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.
    * contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.
    * crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.
    * dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.
    * dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.
    * desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.
    * estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.
    * examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.
    * existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.
    * existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.
    * fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.
    * hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.
    * hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.
    * otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.
    * perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.
    * permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.
    * plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.
    * plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * posibilidad de = facility for.
    * posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.
    * posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.
    * posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.
    * posibilidad de expandir = expandability.
    * posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.
    * posibilidad de localizar = traceability.
    * posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.
    * posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.
    * posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.
    * posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.
    * posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.
    * posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.
    * posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.
    * posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.
    * posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].
    * posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.
    * posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.
    * posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.
    * posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.
    * posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.
    * posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.
    * presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.
    * reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.
    * sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.
    * sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.
    * tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

    * * *
    A (circunstancia) possibility
    no se ha descartado esa posibilidad we haven't ruled out that possibility
    hay que estudiar todas las posibilidades we have to explore all the possibilities o options
    hemos previsto todas las posibilidades we have anticipated every eventuality ( frml)
    posibilidad DE + INF chance OF -ING
    ¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?
    tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being elected
    hay pocas posibilidades de encontrarlo con vida there is little chance of finding him alive
    posibilidad DE QUE + SUBJ:
    esto aumenta las posibilidades de que gane this makes it more likely that he will win, this shortens the odds on him winning
    existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong, it's just possible that you're wrong
    gente que vive dentro de/más allá or por encima de sus posibilidades people who live within/beyond their means
    eso está por encima de mis posibilidades that's out of my price range, I can't afford that
    * * *

     

    posibilidad sustantivo femenino
    1 ( circunstancia) possibility;

    tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being elected;
    existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong
    2
    ◊ posibilidades sustantivo femenino plural



    la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades I can't afford the house


    posibilidad
    I sustantivo femenino possibility
    II mpl (recursos, medios) means: pasar las Navidades en París no está dentro mis posibilidades, I can't afford to spend Christmas in Paris
    ' posibilidad' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    contemplar
    - entrever
    - explorar
    - O
    - ofrecer
    - poder
    - remota
    - remoto
    - resquicio
    - caber
    - considerar
    - excluir
    - igual
    - oportunidad
    - paso
    - perspectiva
    - plantear
    - ventilación
    English:
    another
    - avenue
    - can
    - cat
    - chance
    - consider
    - danger
    - daunt
    - hopeful
    - may
    - option
    - outside
    - physical
    - ponder
    - possibility
    - prospect
    - question
    - remote
    - scenario
    - shot
    - slender
    - slim
    - would
    - write off
    - any
    - bargain
    - definite
    - further
    - likelihood
    - might
    - open
    * * *
    1. [circunstancia] possibility, chance;
    no descartamos ninguna posibilidad we are not ruling anything out;
    cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance o possibility that…;
    tienes muchas posibilidades de que te admitan you have a good chance of being accepted;
    no hay ninguna posibilidad de que aprueben la propuesta there is no chance that they will approve the proposal
    2. [opción] possibility;
    tienes tres posibilidades, ¿cuál eliges? you've got three options, which will you choose?;
    una posibilidad sería que fuéramos en avión one possibility would be for us to go by plane
    3.
    posibilidades (económicas) [medios] financial means o resources;
    comprar una casa no entra dentro de nuestras posibilidades we don't have the means o we can't afford to buy a house
    * * *
    f possibility;
    vivir por encima de sus posibilidades live beyond one’s means
    * * *
    1) : possibility
    : means, income
    * * *
    posibilidad n possibility [pl. possibilities]

    Spanish-English dictionary > posibilidad

  • 5 pueblo

    m.
    ser de pueblo (Pey) to be a country bumpkin o a hick (United States)
    2 people.
    el pueblo español the Spanish people
    3 town, village, locality.
    4 nation.
    5 Pueblo.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: poblar.
    * * *
    1 (población) village
    2 (gente) people
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) village, town
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Pol) people, nation
    2) (=plebe) common people pl, lower orders pl
    3) (=localidad pequeña) [gen] small town; [en el campo] country town; [de pocos habitantes] village

    ser de pueblo — [gen] to be a country person, be from the countryside; pey to be a country bumpkin *, be a country hick (EEUU) *

    pueblo joven — Perú shanty town

    * * *
    1) ( poblado) village; ( más grande) small town
    2) ( comunidad) people

    el pueblo español/vasco — the Spanish/Basque people

    •
    * * *
    = people, town, village.
    Ex. For example, the Library of Congress established names of indigenous American and African peoples are very often derogatory corruptions of their real names.
    Ex. Rivers, erosion, towns and glaciers are all phenomena studied by geography.
    Ex. In the above example, when specifying the individual village, Ashworthy, we must employ a verbal extension to the 'normal' UDC notation.
    ----
    * centro del pueblo = town centre.
    * chico de pueblo = small-town country boy.
    * Ciudad + y los pueblos de su alrededor = Greater + Ciudad + area.
    * defensor del pueblo = ombudsman [ombudsmen, -pl.].
    * dirigido al pueblo = people-driven.
    * habitante del pueblo = villager, village people, village man, village woman.
    * orientado hacia el pueblo = people-driven.
    * pensado para el pueblo = people-driven.
    * plaza del pueblo = town square.
    * pueblo amurallado = walled town.
    * pueblo de montaña = mountain village.
    * pueblo de pescadores = fishing community, fishing village.
    * pueblo, el = populace, the, common people, the.
    * pueblo fantasma = ghost town.
    * pueblo fortificado = walled town.
    * pueblo judío = shtetl.
    * pueblo lector = reading people.
    * pueblo minero = mining town.
    * pueblo pesquero = fishing community, fishing village.
    * ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.
    * tonto del pueblo, el = village fool, the.
    * vecino del pueblo = villager, village people, village man, village woman.
    * * *
    1) ( poblado) village; ( más grande) small town
    2) ( comunidad) people

    el pueblo español/vasco — the Spanish/Basque people

    •
    * * *
    el pueblo
    = populace, the, common people, the

    Ex: This would enable the majority of the rural populace who are illiterate and semi-literate to participate in cultural and intellectual entertainment.

    Ex: The book focuses on images where hideous atrocities -- e.g., murder, blasphemy, wanton destruction and even cannibalism -- are shown to be part of the daily life of the common people of Paris during the revolution.

    = people, town, village.

    Ex: For example, the Library of Congress established names of indigenous American and African peoples are very often derogatory corruptions of their real names.

    Ex: Rivers, erosion, towns and glaciers are all phenomena studied by geography.
    Ex: In the above example, when specifying the individual village, Ashworthy, we must employ a verbal extension to the 'normal' UDC notation.
    * centro del pueblo = town centre.
    * chico de pueblo = small-town country boy.
    * Ciudad + y los pueblos de su alrededor = Greater + Ciudad + area.
    * defensor del pueblo = ombudsman [ombudsmen, -pl.].
    * dirigido al pueblo = people-driven.
    * habitante del pueblo = villager, village people, village man, village woman.
    * orientado hacia el pueblo = people-driven.
    * pensado para el pueblo = people-driven.
    * plaza del pueblo = town square.
    * pueblo amurallado = walled town.
    * pueblo de montaña = mountain village.
    * pueblo de pescadores = fishing community, fishing village.
    * pueblo, el = populace, the, common people, the.
    * pueblo fantasma = ghost town.
    * pueblo fortificado = walled town.
    * pueblo judío = shtetl.
    * pueblo lector = reading people.
    * pueblo minero = mining town.
    * pueblo pesquero = fishing community, fishing village.
    * ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.
    * tonto del pueblo, el = village fool, the.
    * vecino del pueblo = villager, village people, village man, village woman.

    * * *
    A (poblado) village; (más grande) small town
    de cada pueblo un paisano ( RPl fam hum): los vasos son de cada pueblo un paisano the glasses are all different, none of the glasses match
    yo soy de pueblo ( Esp); I'm a country boy
    pueblo chico infierno grande ( AmL); living in a small town can be hell ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    dead-end town, one-horse town
    ghost town
    ( Per) shantytown
    B (comunidad, nación) people
    un pueblo nómada a nomadic people
    pueblos primitivos primitive peoples
    el pueblo judío the Jewish people
    la voz del pueblo the voice of the people
    el pueblo español/vasco the Spanish/Basque people
    una rebelión del pueblo a popular uprising
    un gobierno del pueblo y para el pueblo a government of the people for the people
    políticos que engañan al pueblo politicians who mislead the people o country
    Compuesto:
    chosen people
    C
    (clase popular): el pueblo the working class
    Compuesto:
    el pueblo llano the ordinary people
    * * *

     

    Del verbo poblar: ( conjugate poblar)

    pueblo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    poblar    
    pueblo
    poblar ( conjugate poblar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹territorio/región›
    a) [colonos/inmigrantes] ( ir a ocupar) to settle, populate


    2 pueblo algo DE algo ‹ bosque› to plant sth with sth;
    ‹río/colmena› to stock sth with sth
    poblarse verbo pronominal [tierra/colonia] to be settled
    pueblo sustantivo masculino
    1 ( poblado) village;
    ( más grande) small town;

    2


    b) (ciudadanos, nación) people;


    poblar verbo transitivo
    1 (habitar, vivir) to inhabit
    2 (llenar de gente, repoblar) to populate
    pueblo sustantivo masculino
    1 village, small town
    2 (comunidad, nación) people
    la voluntad del pueblo, the will of the people
    3 (clase popular) common people
    ' pueblo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abatirse
    - arriba
    - aterrizar
    - belicosa
    - belicoso
    - cercana
    - cercano
    - chalet
    - comidilla
    - costumbre
    - defensor
    - defensora
    - dejada
    - dejado
    - dominar
    - erigirse
    - escogida
    - escogido
    - fantasma
    - fiesta
    - guerrera
    - guerrero
    - honra
    - incomunicar
    - incomunicada
    - incomunicado
    - indomable
    - levantamiento
    - levantarse
    - llana
    - llano
    - malencarada
    - malencarado
    - morirse
    - muerta
    - muerto
    - población
    - residir
    - soberana
    - soberano
    - amo
    - amotinado
    - amotinar
    - asentado
    - atrasado
    - bagaje
    - barbarie
    - civilizar
    - conquista
    - conquistar
    English:
    about
    - amok
    - annihilate
    - besiege
    - chosen
    - cross-country
    - curve
    - cut off
    - developing
    - dreary
    - drift
    - folk
    - hilly
    - inflict
    - inhospitable
    - language
    - life
    - ombudsman
    - oppress
    - people
    - populace
    - poverty
    - raze
    - seaside town
    - serve
    - settle
    - side
    - skirt
    - stand
    - straddle
    - subdue
    - town
    - uncivilized
    - uninhabited
    - via
    - village
    - village hall
    - bury
    - country
    - do
    - due
    - elder
    - hole
    - home
    - nestle
    - peaceful
    - popular
    - villager
    - way
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [población] [pequeña] village;
    [grande] town; Pey
    ser de pueblo to be a Br country bumpkin o US hick;
    Am
    pueblo chico, infierno grande village life can be very claustrophobic
    pueblo abandonado ghost town;
    pueblo fantasma ghost town;
    Perú pueblo joven shanty town;
    pueblo de mala muerte one-horse town;
    Am pueblo nuevo shanty town
    2. [nación, ciudadanos] people;
    la voluntad del pueblo the will of the people;
    el pueblo español the Spanish people
    el pueblo elegido the chosen people
    3. [proletariado]
    el pueblo the (common) people;
    el pueblo llano the common people, ordinary people
    * * *
    m village; más grande town;
    es de pueblo he’s a country boy; desp he’s a hick o Br
    yokel desp
    * * *
    pueblo nm
    1) nación: people
    2) : common people
    3) aldea, poblado: town, village
    * * *
    1. (población) village / small town
    2. (gente) people

    Spanish-English dictionary > pueblo

  • 6 DAGR

    (gen. dags, dat. degi; pl. dagar), m.
    1) day;
    at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised;
    dagr kemr upp í austri, sezt í vestri, the day rises in the east, sets in the west;
    öndverðr dagr, the early day, forenoon;
    miðr dagr, midday;
    hallandi dagr, declining day;
    at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day;
    sannr sem dagr, true as day;
    í dag, today;
    á (or um) daginn, during the day;
    sama dags, the same day;
    annan dag, the next day;
    annars dag, another day;
    hindra dags, the day after, tomorrow;
    dag frá degi, hvern dag frá öðrum, from day to day;
    dag eptir dag, day after day;
    nótt ok dag, night and day;
    dögunum optar, more times than there are days, over and over again;
    á deyjanda degi, on one’s death-day;
    2) pl., days, times;
    ef aðrir dagar (better days) koma;
    góðir dagar, happy days;
    3) esp. pl., lifetime;
    á dögum e-s, um daga e-s, in the days of, during or in the reign of;
    eptir minn dag, when I am dead (gaf honum alla sína eign eptir sinn dag);
    mátti hann eigi lengr gefa en um sína dagi, than for his lifetime;
    ráða (taka) e-n af dögum, to put to death.
    * * *
    m., irreg. dat. degi, pl. dagar: [the kindred word dœgr with a vowel change from ó (dóg) indicates a lost root verb analogous to ala, ól, cp. dalr and dælir; this word is common to all Teutonic dialects; Goth. dags; A. S. dag; Engl. day; Swed.-Dan. dag; Germ. tag; the Lat. dies seems to be identical, although no interchange has taken place]
    I. a day; in different senses:
    1. the natural day:—sayings referring to the day, at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised, Hm. 80 ; allir dagar eiga kveld um síðir; mörg eru dags augu, vide auga; enginn dagr til enda tryggr, no day can be trusted till its end; allr dagr til stefnu, Grág. i. 395, 443, is a law phrase,—for summoning was lawful only if performed during the day; this phrase is also used metaph. = ‘plenty of time’ or the like: popular phrases as to the daylight are many—dagr rennr, or rennr upp, and kemr upp, the day rises, Bm. 1; dagr í austri, day in the east, where the daylight first appears; dagsbrún, ‘day’s brow,’ is the first streak of daylight, the metaphor taken from the human face; lysir af degi, it brightens from the day, i. e. daylight is appearing; dagr ljómar, the day gleams; fyrir dag, before day; móti degi, undir dag, about daybreak; komið at degi, id., Fms. viii. 398; dagr á lopti, day in the sky; árla, snemma dags, early in the morning, Pass. 15. 17; dagr um allt lopt, etc.; albjartr dagr, hábjartr d., full day, broad daylight; hæstr dagr, high day; önd-verðr d., the early day = forenoon, Am. 50; miðr dagr, midday, Grág. i. 413, 446, Sks. 217, 219; áliðinn dagr, late in the day, Fas. i. 313; hallandi dagr, declining day; at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day, Fms. i. 69. In the evening the day is said to set, hence dag-sett, dag-setr, and dagr setzt; in tales, ghosts and spirits come out with nightfall, but dare not face the day; singing merry songs after nightfall is not safe, það kallast ekki Kristnum leyft að kveða þegar dagsett er, a ditty; Syrpuvers er mestr galdr er í fólginn, ok eigi er lofat at kveða eptir dagsetr, Fas. iii. 206, Ísl. Þjóðs. ii. 7, 8: the daylight is symbolical of what is true or clear as day, hence the word dagsanna, or satt sem dagr, q. v.
    2. of different days; í dag, to-day, Grág. i. 16, 18, Nj. 36, Ld. 76, Fms. vi. 151; í gær-dag, yesterday; í fyrra dag, the day before yesterday, Háv. 50; í hinni-fyrra dag, the third day; annars dags, Vígl. 23, Pass. 50. I; hindra dags, the hinder day, the day after to-morrow, Hm. 109; dag eptir dag, day after day, Hkr. ii. 313; dag frá degi, from day to day, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag frá öðrum, id., Fms. viii. 182; annan dag frá öðrum. id., Eg. 277; um daginn, during the day; á dögunum. the other day; nótt ok dag, night and day; liðlangan dag, the ‘life-long’ day; dögunum optar, more times than there are days, i. e. over and over again, Fms. x. 433; á deyjanda degi, on one’s day of death, Grág. i. 402.
    β. regu-dagr, a rainy day: sólskins-dagr, a sunny day; sumar-dagr, a summer day; vetrar-dagr, a winter day; hátíðis-dagr, a feast day; fegins-dagr, a day of joy; dóms-dagr, the day of doom, judgment day, Gl. 82, Fms. viii. 98; hamingju-dagr, heilla-dagr, a day of happiness; gleði-dagr, id.; brúðkaups-dagr, bridal-day; burðar-dagr, a birthday.
    3. in pl. days in the sense of times; aðrir dagar, Fms. i. 216; ek ætlaða ekki at þessir dagar mundu verða, sem nú eru orðnir, Nj. 171; góðir dagar, happy days, Fms. xi. 286, 270; sjá aldrei glaðan dag (sing.), never to see glad days.
    β. á e-s dögum, um e-s daga eptir e-s daga, esp. of the lifetime or reign of kings, Fms.; but in Icel. also used of the lögsögumaðr, Jb. repeatedly; vera á dögum, to be alive; eptir minn dag, ‘after my day,’ i. e. when I am dead.
    γ. calendar days, e. g. Hvíta-dagar, the White days, i. e. Whitsuntide; Hunda-dagar, the Dog days; Banda-dagr, Vincula Petri; Höfuð-dagr, Decap. Johannis; Geisla-dagr, Epiphany; Imbru-dagar, Ember days; Gang-dagar, ‘Ganging days,’ Rogation days; Dýri-dagr, Corpus Christi; etc.
    4. of the week-days; the old names being Sunnu-d. or Drottins-d., Mána-d., Týs-d., Öðins-d., Þórs-d., Frjá-d., Laugar-d. or Þvátt-d. It is hard to understand how the Icel. should be the one Teut. people that have disused the old names of the week-days; but so it was, vide Jóns S. ch. 24; fyrir bauð hann at eigna daga vitrum mönnum heiðnum, svá sem at kalla Týrsdag Óðinsdag, eðr Þórsdag, ok svá um alla vikudaga, etc., Bs. i. 237, cp. 165. Thus bishop John (died A. D. 1121) caused them to name the days as the church does (Feria sccunda, etc.); viz. Þriði-d. or Þriðju-d., Third-day = Tuesday, Rb. 44, K. Þ. K. 100, Ísl. ii. 345; Fimti-d., Fifth-day—Thursday, Rb. 42, Grág. i. 146, 464, 372, ii. 248, Nj. 274; Föstu-d., Fast-day = Friday; Miðviku-d., Midweek-day = Wednesday, was borrowed from the Germ. Mittwoch; throughout the 12th and 13th centuries, however, the old and new names were used indiscriminately. The question arises whether even the old names were not imported from abroad (England); certainly the Icel. of heathen times did not reckon by weeks; even the word week (vika) is probably of eccl. Latin origin (vices, recurrences). It is curious that the Scandinavian form of Friday, old Icel. Frjádagr, mod. Swed.-Dan. Fredag, is A. S. in form; ‘Frjá-,’ ‘Fre-,’ can hardly be explained but from A. S. Freâ-, and would be an irregular transition from the Norse form Frey. The transition of ja into mod. Swed.-Dan. e is quite regular, whereas Icel. ey (in Frey) would require the mod. Swed.-Dan. ö or u sound. Names of weekdays are only mentioned in Icel. poems of the 11th century (Arnór, Sighvat); but at the time of bishop John the reckoning by weeks was probably not fully established, and the names of the days were still new to the people. 5. the day is in Icel. divided according to the position of the sun above the horizon; these fixed traditional marks are called dags-mörk, day-marks, and are substitutes for the hours of modern times, viz. ris-mál or miðr-morgun, dag-mál, há-degi, mið-degi or mið-mundi, nón, miðr-aptan, nátt-mál, vide these words. The middle point of two day-marks is called jafn-nærri-báðum, in modern pronunciation jöfnu-báðu, equally-near-both, the day-marks following in the genitive; thus in Icel. a man asks, hvað er fram orðið, what is the time? and the reply is, jöfnubáðu miðsmorguns og dagmála, half-way between mid-morning and day-meal, or stund til (to) dagmála; hallandi dagmál, or stund af ( past) dagmálum; jöfnu-báðu hádegis og dagmúla, about ten or half-past ten o’clock, etc. Those day-marks are traditional in every farm, and many of them no doubt date from the earliest settling of the country. Respecting the division of the day, vide Pál Vídal. s. v. Allr dagr til stefnu, Finnus Johann., Horologium Island., Eyktamörk Íslenzk (published at the end of the Rb.), and a recent essay of Finn Magnusson.
    II. denoting a term, but only in compounds, dagi, a, m., where the weak form is used, cp. ein-dagi, mál-dagi, bar-dagi, skil-dagi.
    III. jis a pr. name, Dagr, (freq.); in this sense the dat. is Dag, not Degi, cp. Óðinn léði Dag (dat.) geirs síns, Sæm. 114.
    COMPDS: dagatal, dagsbrun, dagshelgi, dagsljós, dagsmark, dagsmegin, dagsmunr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DAGR

  • 7 nennen

    to name; to cite; to call
    * * *
    nẹn|nen ['nɛnən] pret na\#nnte ['nantə] ptp gena\#nnt [gə'nant]
    1. vt
    1) (= bezeichnen) to call; (= einen bestimmten Namen geben) to name, to call

    jdn nach jdm nennen — to name sb after (Brit) or for (US) sb

    Friedrich II., genannt "der Große" — Frederick II, known as Frederick the Great

    See:
    → eigen, Name, so
    2) (= angeben, aufzählen) to name; Beispiel, Grund, Details to give
    3) (= erwähnen) to mention

    das ( weiter oben) Genannte — the above

    das genannte Schloss — the above-mentioned castle, the castle referred to

    2. vr
    to call oneself; (= heißen) to be called, to call oneself

    er nennt sich nur so — that's just what he calls himself

    und so was nennt sich Liebe/modern (inf) — and they call that love/modern

    und so was ( wie er) nennt sich modern/Dichter (inf) — and he calls himself modern/a poet

    * * *
    1) (to nickname: He was dubbed Shorty because of his size.) dub
    2) (to give a name to: They named the child Thomas.) name
    * * *
    nen·nen
    < nannte, genannt>
    [ˈnɛnən]
    I. vt
    ▪ jdn/etw \nennen to name [or call] sb/sth
    ▪ genannt known as
    2. (anreden) to call
    Freunde dürfen mich Johnny \nennen friends may call me Johnny
    ▪ etw \nennen to call sth
    wie nennt man das? what do you call that? [or is that called?
    ▪ [jdm] jdn/etw \nennen to name sb/sth [to sb]
    ich nenne Ihnen einige Namen I'll give you a few names
    können Sie mir einen guten Anwalt \nennen? can you give me the name of a good lawyer?
    ▪ genannt referred to
    das genannte Restaurant... the restaurant mentioned...
    5.
    ▶ das nenne ich... I call that...
    das nenne ich aber mal ein leckeres Mittagessen! [now] that's what I call a delicious lunch!
    II. vr (heißen)
    ▪ sich akk \nennen to call oneself
    ▶ und so was nennt sich...! (fam) and they call that a...!
    du bist gemein! und so was nennt sich Freundin! you're mean! and you call yourself a friend!
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennen — call or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention < person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Maler — usw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund — (ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    nennen; nennt, nannte, hat genannt
    A. v/t name; (benennen) auch call, designate form; spottend: dub;
    jemanden nach jemandem nennen name ( oder call) sb after sb;
    mit seinem Namen nennen call sb by his ( oder her) name;
    Maria I., genannt „die Katholische“ Mary I, (otherwise) known as Mary the Catholic;
    das nenne ich eine Überraschung! well, that really is a surprise!;
    das nenne ich ein gelungenes Buch that’s what I call a well-written book;
    das nennst du einen guten Wein? is that what you call a good wine?
    2. (erwähnen) mention; (anführen) quote; (preisgeben) reveal, give away;
    kannst du mir den höchsten Berg der Welt nennen? can you name ( oder what’s) the highest mountain in the world?;
    können Sie mir ein gutes Hotel/eine gute Werkstatt nennen? can you give me the name of a good hotel/garage?
    3. (benennen) name;
    morgen will das Parteipräsidium den Spitzenkandidaten nennen the party executive committee wants to name the top candidate tomorrow;
    pro Verein können zwei Teilnehmer genannt werden each club can name two participants
    B. v/r be called;
    wie nennt sich …? what’s … called?;
    und das oder umg
    so was nennt sich Lehrer! and he calls himself a teacher;
    und das nennt sich Kultur! and that’s supposed to be culture, and that goes by the name of culture, and they call it culture; → Eigen, genannt, Name 1
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennen — call or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention <person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Maler — usw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund — (ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: nannte, genannt)
    = to name v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nennen

  • 8 mencionar

    v.
    to mention.
    Ella nombra razones She names reasons.
    * * *
    1 to mention, cite
    * * *
    verb
    * * *

    sin mencionar... — not to mention..., let alone...

    * * *
    verbo transitivo to mention

    el tema mencionado anteriormente — the aforementioned o abovementioned matter (frml)

    * * *
    = give, make + mention of, mention, name, note, quote, record, refer to, reference, touch on/upon, broach, bring + Nombre + up, speak to, make + reference to.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. The LC cataloging made no mention of the fact that this book had been severely censored.
    Ex. Some of these codes have been mentioned in chapter 4.
    Ex. The author statement may, for example, name all of a string of authors, or just the first named.
    Ex. In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.
    Ex. Guidelines can be expected to discuss standard forms of quoting chemical nomenclature and mathematical expressions.
    Ex. Editors and compilers of editions of works are recorded together with the edition statement in the edition area = En en área de edición se incluyen los editores y compiladores de las ediciones de trabajos junto con la mención de edición.
    Ex. A bibliographic data base comprises a set of records which refer to documents (such as books, films, periodical articles or reports).
    Ex. Only a single copy of the name, subject heading, etc., would be maintained in the system and referenced by every bibliographic record using that heading.
    Ex. A cataloguing code also touches on the subject of bibliographic description.
    Ex. Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex. The reason I didn't bring this up in my paper is that I've learned from bitter experience that it's well to be radical about one thing at a time.
    Ex. Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of asexual reproduction by making reference to different types of asexual reproduction in plants and animals.
    ----
    * ahora que lo menciono = speaking of which.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.
    * mencionarse = appear.
    * mencionarse en conversación = come up + discussion.
    * mencionar una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + point.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * mencionar un problema = bring + problem up.
    * mencionar un punto = touch on + a point.
    * mencionar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, touch on + a point.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * sin mencionar = not to mention, not to say, not to speak of.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo to mention

    el tema mencionado anteriormente — the aforementioned o abovementioned matter (frml)

    * * *
    = give, make + mention of, mention, name, note, quote, record, refer to, reference, touch on/upon, broach, bring + Nombre + up, speak to, make + reference to.

    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

    Ex: The LC cataloging made no mention of the fact that this book had been severely censored.
    Ex: Some of these codes have been mentioned in chapter 4.
    Ex: The author statement may, for example, name all of a string of authors, or just the first named.
    Ex: In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.
    Ex: Guidelines can be expected to discuss standard forms of quoting chemical nomenclature and mathematical expressions.
    Ex: Editors and compilers of editions of works are recorded together with the edition statement in the edition area = En en área de edición se incluyen los editores y compiladores de las ediciones de trabajos junto con la mención de edición.
    Ex: A bibliographic data base comprises a set of records which refer to documents (such as books, films, periodical articles or reports).
    Ex: Only a single copy of the name, subject heading, etc., would be maintained in the system and referenced by every bibliographic record using that heading.
    Ex: A cataloguing code also touches on the subject of bibliographic description.
    Ex: Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex: The reason I didn't bring this up in my paper is that I've learned from bitter experience that it's well to be radical about one thing at a time.
    Ex: Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex: Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of asexual reproduction by making reference to different types of asexual reproduction in plants and animals.
    * ahora que lo menciono = speaking of which.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.
    * mencionarse = appear.
    * mencionarse en conversación = come up + discussion.
    * mencionar una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + point.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * mencionar un problema = bring + problem up.
    * mencionar un punto = touch on + a point.
    * mencionar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, touch on + a point.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * sin mencionar = not to mention, not to say, not to speak of.

    * * *
    mencionar [A1 ]
    vt
    to mention
    con referencia al tema mencionado anteriormente with reference to the aforementioned o abovementioned matter ( frml)
    no quiero oír mencionar ese nombre I don't want to hear that name mentioned
    * * *

     

    mencionar ( conjugate mencionar) verbo transitivo
    to mention;

    mencionar verbo transitivo to mention ➣ Ver nota en mention

    ' mencionar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    citar
    - comentar
    - nombrar
    - aludir
    - omitir
    - señor
    - señorita
    English:
    mention
    - name-dropping
    - rake up
    - touch
    - touch on
    - you-know-who
    - broach
    - name
    - wrong
    * * *
    to mention;
    en el mencionado estudio se afirma que… in the above-mentioned study it is stated that…
    * * *
    v/t mention
    * * *
    : to mention, to refer to
    * * *
    mencionar vb to mention

    Spanish-English dictionary > mencionar

  • 9 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 10 κατά

    κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—
    A downwards.
    A WITH GEN.,
    I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;

    κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128

    ; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;

    δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438

    ;

    ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355

    ;

    ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17

    ;

    κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c

    ;

    κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a

    :— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:

    Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82

     (but perh. in sense 11.1).
    1 down upon or over,

    κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217

    ; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;

    τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580

    ; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]

    κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330

    ; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;

    νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713

    ;

    κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177

    ; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;

    ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10

    ;

    οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7

    ;

    ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256

    ; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.
    b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.
    2 down into,

    νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39

    ; of a dart,

    κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504

    , etc.;

    ἔθηκε κατ' ὄχθης μείλινον ἔγχος 21.172

    ;

    ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100

    ; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]

    δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.

     113c, cf. Ti. 25d;

    κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007

     (anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;

    οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689

    , etc.;

    θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475

     (lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.
    3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;

    κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9

    .
    4 of vows or oaths, by,

    καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26

    , cf. 54.38;

    ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13

    ; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;

    κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16

    ; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;

    κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22

    .
    b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,

    κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660

    .
    5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;

    κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19

    ; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;

    ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7

    ;

    λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65

    , cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);

    δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6

    , cf. 18.
    6 of Time, for,

    μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37

    ; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;

    κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20

     ([place name] Larissa ) (but

    κ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72

     falls under 7);

    κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7

    .
    7 in respect of, concerning,

    μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d

    ;

    κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b

    ; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;

    εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10

    ;

    εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d

    , cf. 74b;

    ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2

    ; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; so

    κ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13

    : and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).
    B WITH Acc.,
    I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.
    2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,

    καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344

    ; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;

    κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64

    ; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;

    κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383

    ; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;

    πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512

    ; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;

    τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16

    , etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,

    κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1

    );

    καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578

    ;

    κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6

    ;

    αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169

    ;

    τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157

    , etc.;

    κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54

    ;

    τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528

    , cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,

    οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7

    : freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;

    νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46

    ;

    οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339

    ; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,

    ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125

    : generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.
    3 opposite, over against,

    κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76

    , cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;

    ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505

    ;

    μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573

    ;

    κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11

    ;

    οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18

    ; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;

    ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15

    , cf. D.L.7.108.
    II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;

    ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25

    ;

    αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013

    ; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:

    στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a

    ; later

    οἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72

     (i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;

    ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20

    (ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).
    2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;

    κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18

     (i A.D.).
    3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later

    τὸ καθ' ἕν

     detailed list,

    PTeb.47.34

     (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113;

    δύο μνέαι τεταγμέναι κατ' ἄνδρα αἰχμάλωτον ἕκαστον Id.6.79

    ;

    ἐκ τῶν συμμάχων ἐξελέγετο κατ' ὀλίγους Id.8.113

    ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;

    κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον

     in separate sums of

    200

    and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;

    κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12

    , cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.
    III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.

    ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152

    ;

    ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424

    ;

    ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32

    , cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;

    ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70

    ; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;

    κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31

    ;

    καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2

    ; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.
    2 of pursuit,

    κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89

    ; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;

    ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53

    ; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);

    ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b

    .
    3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.
    IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,

    κ. θυμόν Il.1.136

    ; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;

    κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97

    ; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;

    κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417

    ;

    κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78

    ;

    κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15

    ; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;

    κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30

    , cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;

    κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8

    , etc.; in quotations, according to,

    κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134

    ;

    κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b

    , etc.
    2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;

    τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31

    ; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;

    τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7

    (Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.
    3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;

    μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67

    ; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;

    οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425

    ;

    λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925

    ; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);

    τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5

    ;

    οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169

    ;

    ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3

    : freq. after a [comp] Comp.,

    μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.
    V by the favour of a god, etc.,

    κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28

    , cf. P.8.68;

    κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147

     codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);

    κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24

    .
    VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,

    κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600

     years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.
    VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,

    κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137

    ; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;

    κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221

    ; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).
    2 about,

    κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131

    , etc.;

    κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58

    ; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;

    κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67

    ; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)

    ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146

     (v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον)

    ; κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8

    ; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.
    3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).
    VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.
    C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.
    D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.
    I downwards, down, as in

    καταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1

    .
    II in answer to, in accordance with, as in κατᾴδω ( occino), καταινέω, καταθύμιος.
    III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.
    IV back, back again, as in

    κάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11

    .
    V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.
    VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.
    VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in

    καταγιγνώσκω 1

    .
    F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.
    ------------------------------------
    κατά [(B)],
    A = κατὰ τά, IG22.334.15; cf. κά. [full] κᾆτα, [dialect] Att. crasis for καὶ εἶτα, v. εἶτα sub fin. [full] κατάβα, for κατάβηθι, [tense] aor. 2 imper. of καταβαίνω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατά

  • 11 पञ्चन् _pañcan

    पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.]
    -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth.
    -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य).
    -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185.
    -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21.
    -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance.
    -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divi- sions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle.
    -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (
    -ङ्गी) a bit for horses.
    -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts.
    -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas)
    -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥
    -4 a calendar or almanac, so called be- cause it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propiti- ousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology).
    -अङ्गिक a. five-membered.
    -अङ्गुल a. (
    -ला or
    -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (
    -लः) the castor-oil plant.
    -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य.
    -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9.
    -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38.
    -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस.
    -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients.
    -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं).
    -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु).
    -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2.
    -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron).
    -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury.
    - अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.).
    -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below.
    -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-five.
    -अहः a period of five days.
    - आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41.
    -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body).
    -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva.
    -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a.
    -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (
    -नी) an epithet of Durgā.
    -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.
    -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य.
    -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्).
    -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥).
    -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य).
    -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.
    -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups.
    -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115.
    -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving stre- nutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥
    -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth.
    -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर).
    -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण).
    -कृत्वस् ind. five times.
    -कृष्णः A kind of game. (
    -ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान.
    -कोणः a pentagon.
    -कोलम् the five spices taken collec- tively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ).
    -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi.
    -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas.
    -2 N. of the city, Banares.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds.
    -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power.
    -गवम् a collection of five cows.
    -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च).
    -गु a. bought with five cows.
    -गुण a. five-fold. (
    -णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (
    -णी) the earth.
    -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head).
    -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas.
    -घातः (in music) a kind of mea- sure.
    -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five.
    -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara.
    -जनः 1 a man, man- kind.
    -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2.
    -3 the soul.
    -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17.
    -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (
    -नी) an assemblage of five persons.
    -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (
    -नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9.
    -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge.
    -2 a man familiar with the doc- trines of the Pāśupatas.
    -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters.
    -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.
    -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन.
    -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9.
    -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and pri- mary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध).
    -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5.
    -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (
    -यः) a pentad.
    -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च.
    -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth.
    -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five.
    -दश a.
    1 fifteenth.
    -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'.
    -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen.
    ˚अहः a period of fifteen days.
    -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen.
    -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fort- night (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146.
    -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य).
    -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥
    -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥
    -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements.
    -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177.
    -2 an elephant.
    -3 a turtle.
    -4 a lion or tiger.
    -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa.
    -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum).
    -दा (pl.) the people of this country.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-five.
    -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root).
    -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf).
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five.
    -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115.
    -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections
    -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow).
    -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only.
    -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively.
    -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.
    -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर).
    -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य.
    -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥
    -पित्तम् the bile of five ani- mals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock).
    -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest).
    -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान.
    -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple.
    -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.
    -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला.
    -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु.
    -बाहुः N. of Śiva.
    -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2.
    -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज.
    -भद्र a.
    1 having five good qualities.
    -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.).
    -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks.
    -4 vicious.
    -द्रः a kind of pavilion.
    -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9.
    -भुज a. pentagonal.
    (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण.
    -2 N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.
    -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र.
    -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2).
    -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54.
    -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ.
    -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B.
    -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).
    -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298.
    -मास्य a. happening every five months.
    -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.)
    -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा.
    -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.).
    -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚.
    -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम्...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥
    -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष).
    -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी).
    -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24.
    -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas.
    -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada.
    -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11.
    -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.).
    -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also.
    -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल.
    -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.
    -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra.
    -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron).
    -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead.
    -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत).
    -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक.
    -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34.
    -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five.
    -2 the five essential elements of the body.
    -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27.
    -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ.
    -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154.
    -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old.
    -वर्षीय a. five years old.
    -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस.
    -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī.
    -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years.
    -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage).
    -विंश a. twenty-fifth.
    -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53.
    -विंशतिः f. twenty-five.
    -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका.
    -विध a. five- fold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157.
    -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2.
    -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold.
    -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65.
    -शत a. amounting to five hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five.
    -2 five hundred.
    -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49.
    -2 an elephant.
    -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga.
    -शिखः a lion.
    -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh.
    -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्).
    -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-five.
    -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें).
    -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five.
    -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष.
    -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc.
    -सिद्धौषधयः the five medi- cinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी.
    -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥.
    -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68.
    -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c.
    -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि).
    -हायन a. five years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पञ्चन् _pañcan

  • 12 BORG

    (-ar, -ir), f.
    2) stronghold, fortification, castle;
    3) fortified town, city.
    * * *
    ar, f., pl. ir, [Ulf. baurgs = πόλις, and once Nehem. vii.
    2. = arx, castellum; A. S. burg, burh, byrig, = urbs and arx; Engl. borough and burgh; O. H. G. puruc, purc; late Lat. burgus; Ital. borgo; Fr. bourg; cp. Gr. πύργος; the radical sense appears in byrgja, to enclose; cp. also berg, a hill, and bjarga, to save, defend. Borg thus partly answers to town (properly an enclosure); and also includes the notion of Lat. arx, Gr. ακρόπολις, a castle. Old towns were usually built around a hill, which was specially a burg; the name is very freq. in old Teut. names of towns.]
    I. a small dome-shaped hill, hence the Icel. names of farms built near to such hills, v. Landn. (Gl.) Hel. once uses the word in this sense, 81; v. the Glossary of Schmeller; brann þá Borgarhraun, þar var bærinn sem nú er borgin (viz. the volcanic hill Eld-borg), Landn. 78; göngum upp á borgina ( the hill) ok tölum þar, Ísl. ii. 216; er borgin er við kend, Landn. 127; Borgar-holt, -hraun, -dalr, -höfn, -fjörðr, -lækr, -sandr; Arnarbælis-borg, Eld-borg (above) in the west of Icel. It may be questioned, whether those names are derived simply from the hill on which they stand (berg, bjarg), or whether such hills took their name from old fortifications built upon them: the latter is more likely, but no information is on record, and at present ‘borg’ only conveys the notion of a ‘hill;’ cp. hólar, borgir og hæðir, all synonymous, Núm. 2. 99.
    II. a wall, fortification, castle; en fyrir innan á jörðunni görðu þeir borg ( wall) umhverfis fyrir ófriði jötna … ok kölluðu þá borg Miðgarð, Edda 6; cp. also the tale of the giant, 25, 26; borg Ása, Vsp. 28; þeir höfðu gört steinvegg fyrir framan hellismunnann, ok höfðu sér þat allt fyrir borg (shelter, fortification), Fms. vii. 81; hann let göra b. á sunnanverðu Morhæfi ( Murrey), Orkn. 10, 310, 312, 396, Fms. i. 124, xi. 393, Eg. 160; the famous Moussaburg in Shetland, cp. Orkn. 398.
    III. a city, esp. a great one, as London, Hkr. ii. 10; Lisbon, iii. 234; York, 156; Dublin, Nj. 274; Constantinople, Fms. vii. 94; Nineveh, Sks. 592; Zion, Hom. 107, etc. This sense of the word, however, is borrowed from the South-Teut. or Engl. In Scandin. unfortified towns have -bæ or -by as a suffix; and the termin. -by marks towns founded by the Danes in North. E.
    COMPDS: borgararmr, borgargreifi, borgargörð, borgarhlið, borgarhreysi, borgarklettr, borgarkona, borgarlið, borgarlím, borgarlýðr, borgarmaðr, borgarmúgr, borgarmúrr, borgarsiðr, borgarsmíð, borgarstaðr, borgarveggr, Borgarþing, borgaskipan.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BORG

  • 13 относиться к

    •

    The laboratory rules are concerned with noncritical operations.

    •

    Henry's Law refers only to the effect of pressure.

    •

    Faraday's laws relate to the electrolysis of solutions and fused salts.

    •

    The term "computer-aided engineering" refers to a "total" system concept, in which...

    •

    The result is only appropriate for a finite time interval which is undetermined as yet.

    •

    The above example pertains to the diffusion of liquids.

    •

    The result applies (or refers, or relates) to mass transfer from plate to fluid, or fluid to plate.

    •

    The book deals with (or treats on) distillation.

    •

    Another question has to do with diseases arising from dietary deficiencies.

    •

    This will be true for (or of) very high electric fields.

    •

    Lines la and 2a apply to a 47-microfarad, 35-volt polar capacitor.

    •

    The term caisson covers a wide range of foundation structures.

    •

    Similar considerations hold for emitting molecules.

    •

    This is particularly true in humid regions.

    •

    These properties are not pertinent to the problem at hand.

    •

    This is especially the case with wide armature cores.

    •

    The differences are a matter of degree rather than of type.

    •

    These terms are related to certain atomic groupings.

    •

    The discoveries concern the properties of electric charges.

    •

    This discussion has so far concerned itself with the experimental results obtained.

    •

    The common names isobutane and isopentane apply to those isomers having...

    •

    The third factor concerns the bulky nature of...

    II
    III
    •

    Most abrasive materials fall in the region at the top of the scale.

    •

    All the above forces fall in(to) this category.

    •

    All forms of anemia fall into two main types.

    •

    The discussion of pseudovectors belongs to the domain of the tensor calculus.

    IV
    •

    Mathematical biophysics stands in the same relation to experimental biology as mathematical physics to experimental physics.

    Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > относиться к

  • 14 अष्टन् _aṣṭan

    अष्टन् num. a. [अश-व्याप्तौ कनिन् तुट् च Uṇ.1.154.] (nom., acc. अष्ट-ष्टौ) Eight. It often occurs in comp. as अष्टा with numerals and some other nouns; as अष्टादशन्, अष्टाविंशतिः, अष्टापद &c. [cf. L. octo; Gr. okto; Zend astani Pers. hasht.].
    -Comp. -अक्षर a. consisting of eight letters or parts; अष्टाक्षरं ह वा एकं गायत्र्यै पदम् Bṛi. Up.5.14.1. (
    -रः) N. of a metre.
    -अङ्ग a. consisting of eight parts or members.
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 the eight parts of the body with which a very low obeisance is performed; ˚पातः, -प्रणामः, साष्टाङ्गनमस्कारः a respectful obeisance made by the prostration of the eight limbs of the body; साष्टाङ्गपातं प्रणनाम fell prostrate on the ground in reverence; (जानुभ्यां च तथा पद्भ्यां पाणिभ्यामुरसा धिया । शिरसा वचसा दृष्टया प्रणामो$- ष्टाङ्ग ईरितः). cf. also उरसा शिरसा दृष्टया वचसा मनसा तथा । पद्भ्यां कराभ्यां जानुभ्यां प्रणामो$ष्टाङ्ग उच्यते ॥ The eight limbs of the body in नमस्कार.
    -2 the 8 parts of yoga or concen- tration; यमो नियमश्चासनं च प्राणायामस्ततः परम् । प्रत्याहारो धारणा च घ्यानं सार्धं समाधिना । अष्टाङ्गान्याहुरेतानि योगिनां योगसिद्धये ॥
    -3 materials of worship taken collectively, namely, water, milk, ghee, curds, दर्भ, rice, barley, mustard seed.
    -4 the eight parts of every medical science; (they are:-- शल्यम्, शालाक्यम्, कायचिकित्सा, भूतविद्या, कौमारभृत्यम्, अगदतन्त्रम्, रसायनतन्त्रम्, and वाजीकरणतन्त्रम्.)
    -5 the eight parts of a court; 1 the law, 2 the judge, 3 assessors, 4 scribe, 5 astrologer, 6 gold, 7 fire, and 8 water.
    -6 any whole consisting of eight parts.
    -7 a die, dice.
    -8 The eight functions of intellect (बुद्धि) are शुश्रूषा, श्रवण, ग्रहण, धारणा, चिन्तन, ऊहापोह, अर्थविज्ञान and तत्त्वज्ञान; बुद्धया ह्यष्टाङ्गया युक्तं त्वमेवार्हसि भाषितुम् Rām.6.113.24. ˚अर्घ्यम् an offering of eight articles. ˚धूपः a sort of medical incense removing fever. ˚मैथुनम् sexual enjoyment of 8 kinds'; the eight stages in the progress of a love suit; स्मरणं कीर्तनं केलिः प्रेक्षणं गुह्यभाषणम् । संकल्पो$ध्यवसायश्च क्रियानिष्पत्तिरेव च ॥
    ˚वैद्यकम् It is constituted of द्रव्याभिधान, गदनिश्चय, काय- सौख्य, शल्यादि, भूतनिग्रह, विषनिग्रह, बालवैद्यक, and रसायन. ˚हृदयम् N. of a medical work.
    -अधिकाराः जलाधिकारः, स्थलाधिकारः, ग्रामाधिकारः, कुललेखनम्, ब्रह्मासनम्, दण़्डविनि- योगः, पौरोहित्यम्.
    -अध्यायी N. of Pāṇinī's gramma- tical work consisting of 8 Adhyāyas or chapters.
    -अन्नानि The eight types of food भोज्य, पेय, चोष्य, लेह्य, खाद्य, चर्व्य, निःपेय, भक्ष्य.
    -अर a. having a wheel with 8 spokes.
    -अस्रम् an octagon.
    -अस्रः A kind of single-storeyed building octangular in plan.
    -अस्रिय a. octangular.
    -अह् (न्) a. lasting for 8 days.
    -आदिशाब्दिकाः the first eight expounders of the science of words (grammar); इन्द्रश्चन्द्रः काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिकाः ॥
    -आपाद्य Multiplied by eight. अष्टापाद्यं तु शूद्रस्य स्तेये भवति किल्बिषम् । Ms.8.337.
    -उपद्वीपानि स्वर्णप्रस्थ, चन्द्राशुक्ल, आवर्तन, रमणक, मन्दरहरिण, पाञ्चजन्य, सिंहल, and लङ्का.
    -कपाल a. (˚ष्टा˚) prepared or offered in 'eight' pans. (
    -लः) a sacrifice in which ghee is offered in eight pans.
    -कर्ण a. one who has the number eight as a mark burnt in his ears (P.VI.3.115). (
    -र्णः) eight- eared, an epithet of Brahmā. (
    -कर्मन् m.),
    -गतिकः a king who has 8 duties to perform; (they are:-- आदाने च विसर्गे च तथा प्रैषनिषेधयोः । पञ्चमे चार्थवचने व्यवहारस्य चेक्षणे ॥ दण्डशुद्धयोः सदा रक्तस्तेनाष्टगतिको नृपः ।
    -कुलम् (Probably) Village jury. (Bh. List No. 1267).
    -कुलाचलाः Eight principal mountains; नील, निषध, विन्ध्याचल, माल्यवान्, मलय, गंधमादन, हेमकूट, and हिमालय. (
    -मर्यादागिरयः) हिमालय, हेमकूट, निषध, गन्धमादन, नील, श्वेत, शृङ्गवार and माल्यवान्.
    -कृत्वस् ind. eight times. चतु- र्नमो अष्टकृत्वो भवाय Av.11.2.9.
    -कोणः 1 an octagon.
    -2 a kind of machine.
    -खण्डः a title of a collection of several sections of the Ṛigveda.
    -गन्धाः Eight fragrant substances (Mar. चन्दन, अगरु, देवदार, कोळिंजन, कुसुम, शैलज, जटामांसी, सुर-गोरोचन).
    -गवम् [अष्टानां गवां समाहारः] a flock of 8 cows.
    -गाढ् m.
    1 a fabulous animal supposed to have eight legs.
    -2 a spider.
    -गुण a. eightfold; अन्नादष्टगुणं चूर्णम्; दाप्यो$ष्टगुणमत्ययम् Ms.8.4. (
    -णम्) the eight qualities which a Brāhmaṇa should possess; दया सर्वभूतेषु, क्षान्तिः, अनसूया, शौचम्, अनायासः, मङ्गलम्, अकार्पण्यम्, अस्पृहा चेति ॥ Gautamasūtra. ˚आश्रय a. endowed with these eight qualities.
    -ष्ट (˚ष्टा˚) चत्वारिंशत् a. forty-eight.
    -तय a. eight-fold.
    -तारिणी the eight forms of the goddess तारिणी; तारा- चोग्रा महोग्रा च वज्रा काली सरस्वती । कावेश्वरी च चामुण्डा इत्यष्टौ तारिण्यो मताः ॥.
    -तालम् A kind of sculptural measure- ment in which the whole height of an idol is generally eight times that of the face.
    -त्रिंशत् -(˚ष्टा˚) a. thirty-eight.
    -त्रिकम् [अष्टावृत्तम् त्रिकम्] the number 24.
    -दलम् 1 a lotus having eight petals.
    -2 an octagon.
    -दशन् (˚ष्टा˚) see above after अष्टातय.
    -दिश् f. [कर्म˚ स. संज्ञात्वान्न द्विगुः दिक् सङ्ख्ये संज्ञायाम् P.II.1.5.] the eight cardinal points; पूर्वाग्नेयी दक्षिणा च नैर्ऋती पश्चिमा तथा । वायवी चोत्तरैशानी दिशा अष्टाविमाः स्मृताः ॥. ˚करिण्यः the eight female elephants living in the eight points; करिण्यो$भ्रमुकपिलापिङ्गलानुपमाः क्रमात् । ताम्रकर्णी शुभ्रदन्ती चाङ्गना चाञ्जनावती ॥ Ak. ˚पालाः the eight regents of the cardinal points; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिः (यमः) नैर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् (वायुः) । कुबेरे ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ Ak. ˚गजाः the eight elephants guarding the 8 quarters; ऐरावतः पुण्डरीको वामनः कुमुदो$ञ्जनः । पुष्पदन्तः सार्वभौमः सुप्रतीकश्च दिग्गजाः ॥ Ak.
    -देहाः (पिण्डब्रह्माण्डात्मकाः) Gross and subtle bodies; स्थूल, सूक्ष्म, कारण, महाकारण, विराट्, हिरण्य, अव्याकृत, मूलप्रकृति.
    -द्रव्यम् the eight materials of a sacrifice; अश्वत्थोदुम्बुरप्लक्षन्यग्रोधसमिधस्तिलाः । सिद्धार्थपायसाज्यानि द्रव्याण्यष्टौ विदुर्बुधाः ॥
    -धातुः the eight metals taken collectively; स्वर्णं रूप्यं च ताम्रं च रङ्गं यशदमेव च । शीसं लौहं रसश्चेति धातवो$ष्टौ प्रकीर्किताः ॥
    -नागाः (Serpents) अनन्त, वासुकि, तक्षक, कर्कोटक, शङ्ख, कुलिक, पद्म, and महापद्म.
    -नायिकाः (of श्रीकृष्ण) रुक्मिणी, सत्यभामा, जाम्बवती, कालिन्दी, मित्रवृन्दा, याज्ञजिती, भद्रा, and लक्ष्मणा. (of इन्द्र) उर्वशी, मेनका, रम्भा, पूर्वचिती, स्वयंप्रभा, भिन्नकेशी जनवल्लभा and घृताची (तिलोत्तमा). (In Erotics) वासकसज्जा, विरहोत्कण्ठिता, स्वाधीनभर्तृका, कलहान्तरिता, खण्डिता, विप्रलब्धा, प्रोषितभर्तृका, and अभिसारिका.
    -पक्ष a. Having eight side- pillars; अष्टपक्षां दशपक्षां शालाम् Av.9.3.21.
    -पद, -द् (˚ष्ट˚ or ˚ष्टा˚) a.
    1 eight-footed.
    -2 a term for a pregnant animal.
    -पदः (˚ष्ट˚)
    1 a spider.
    -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -3 a worm.
    -4 a wild sort of jasmin.
    -5 a pin or bolt.
    -6 the mountain Kailāsa (the abode of Kubera). (
    -दः, -दम्) [अष्टसु धातुषु पदं प्रतिष्ठा यस्य Malli.]
    1 gold; आवर्जिताष्टापदकुम्भतोयैः Ku.7.1; Śi.3.28.
    -2 a kind of chequered cloth or a board for drafts, dice-board (Mar. पट); ˚परिचयचतुराभिः K.196. ˚पत्रम् a sheet of gold.
    -प (पा)दिका N. of a plant.
    -पदी (˚ष्ट-ष्टा˚)
    1 wild sort of jasmin (Mar. वेलमोगरी); श्यामान्वारणपुष्पांश्च तथा$- ष्टपदिका लताः Mb.13.54.6.
    -2 a variety of metre, often used in Jayadeva's Gītagovinda.
    -पलम् a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee.
    -पाद्य a. (˚ष्टा˚) eight-fold.
    -पुत्र a. Having eight sons; अष्टयोनिरदितिरष्ट- पुत्रा Av.8.9.21.
    -(देह)-प्रकृतयः पञ्चमहाभूतानि, मनः, बुद्धिः and अहङ्कारः.
    -प्रधानाः, वैद्य, उपाध्याय, सचिव, मन्त्री, प्रतिनिधि, राजाध्यक्ष, प्रधान and अमात्य. (of शिवाजी) प्रधान, अमात्य, सचिव, मन्त्री, डबीर, न्यायाधीश, न्यायशास्त्री and सेनापति.
    -भावाः (a) स्तम्भ, स्वेद, रोमाञ्च, वैस्वर्य, कम्प, वैवर्ण्य, अश्रुपात, and प्रलय (b) कम्प, रोमाञ्च, स्फुरण, प्रेमाश्रु, स्वेद, हास्य, लास्य, and गायन.
    -भैरवाः (शिवगणाः) असिताङ्ग, संहार, रुरु, काल, क्रोध, ताम्रचूड, चन्द्रचूड and महाभैरव, (इतरे- कपाल, रुद्र, भीषण उन्मत्त, कुपित इत्यादयः).
    -भोगाः अन्न, उदक, ताम्बूल, पुष्प, चन्दन, वसन, शय्या, and अलंकार.
    -मङ्गलः a horse with a white face, tail, mane, breast and hoofs. (
    -लम्) [अष्ट- गुणितं मङ्गलं शा. क. त.] a collection of eight lucky things; according to some they are:-- मृगराजो वृषो नागः कलशो व्यञ्जनं तथा । वैजयन्ती तथा भेरी दीप इत्यष्टमङ्गलम् ॥ according to others लोके$स्मिन्मङ्गलान्यष्टौ ब्राह्मणो गौर्हुताशनः । हिरण्यं सर्पि- रादित्य आपो राजा तथाष्टमः ॥
    -मङ्गलघृत Ghee mixed with Orris-root (Mar. वेखंड), Costus Arabicus (कोष्ट), ब्राह्मी Siphonanthus Indica, mustard, सैन्धव, पिप्पली, and (Mar. उपळसरी).
    -मधु Eight Kinds of honey माक्षिक, भ्रामर, क्षौद्र, पोतिका, छात्रक, अर्घ्य, औदाल, दाल.
    -महारसाः Eight रसs in Āyurveda, namely वैक्रान्तमणि, हिंगूळ, पारा, हलाहल, कान्तलोह, अभ्रक, स्वर्णमाक्षी, रौप्यमाक्षी.
    -महारोगाः वातव्याधि, अश्मरी, कुष्ट, मेह, उदक, भगन्दर, अर्श, and संग्रहणी.
    -महासिद्धयः (n.) अणिमा, महिमा, लघिमा, प्राप्ति, प्राकाश्य, ईशिता, वशिता, and प्राकाम्य. (b) अणिमा, महिमा, मघिमा, गरिमा, प्राप्ति, प्राकाम्य, ईशिता and वशिता.
    -मातृकाः ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, कौबेरी, and चामुण्डा.
    -मुद्राः सुरभी, चक्र, ध्यान, योनि, कूर्म, पङ्कज, लिङ्ग and निर्याण.
    -मानम् one kuḍava.
    -मासिक a. occurring once in 8 months.
    -मुष्टिः a. measure called कुञ्चि; अष्टमुष्टिर्भवेत् कुञ्चिः कुञ्चयो$ष्टौ च पुष्कलः । हेमाद्रिः
    -मूत्राणि Urines of a cow, a sheep, a goat, a buffallo, a horse, an elephant, a camel, an ass.
    -मूर्तिः the 'eight-formed', an epithet of Śiva; the 8 forms being, the 5 elements (earth, water, fire, air and ether), the Sun and the Moon and the sacrificing priest; cf. Ś.1.1 -या सृष्टिः स्रष्टुराद्या वहति विधिहुतं या हविर्या च होत्री । ये द्वे कालं विधत्तः श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् । यामाहुः सर्वभूत- प्रकृतिरिति यया प्राणिनः प्राणवन्तः । प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः ॥; or briefly expressed, the names in Sanskrit (in the above order) are:-- जलं वह्निस्तथा यष्टा सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ तथा । आकाशं वायुरवनी मूर्तयो$ष्टौ पिनाकिनः ॥. ˚धरः 'having 8 forms', Śiva.
    -मूर्तयः Eight kinds of idols शैली, दारुमयी, लौही, लेप्या, लेख्या, सैकती, मनोमयी, and मणिमयी
    -योगिन्यः (Friends of पार्वती) (a) मङ्गला, पिङ्गला, धन्या, भ्रामरी, भद्रिका, उल्का, सिद्धा, and सङ्कटा. (b) मार्जनी, कर्पूर- तिलका, मलयगन्धिनी, कौमुदिका, भेरुण्डा, मातालि, नायकी and जया (शुभाचारा) (sometimes सुलक्षणा and सुनन्दा).
    -रत्नम् the eight jewels taken collectively; the title of a collection of 8 Ślokas on morality.
    -रसाः the 8 sentiments in dramas &c.; शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । बीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाटये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ K. P.4 (to which is sometimes added a 9th Rasa called शान्त; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः ibid.); ˚आश्रय a. embodying or representing the eight sentiments; V.2.18.
    -लवणानि अजमोदा, आम्लवेतस, एलची (cardamom), Black salt (Mar. पादेलोण), Garcinia Mangostona (Mar. आमसोल), Cinnamo- mum aromaticum (Mar. दालचिनी), Black peppar (Mar. मिरीं).
    -लोहकम् a class of 8 metals; सुवर्णं रजतं ताम्रं सीसकं कान्तिकं तथा । वङ्गं लौहं तीक्ष्णलौहं लौहान्यष्टाविमानि तु ॥
    -वर्गः 1 a sort of diagram (चक्र) showing the good or bad stars of a person.
    -2 the 8 classes of letters; (अवर्ग, क˚, च˚, ट˚, त˚, प˚, य˚, श˚,).
    -3 a class of three principal medicaments, Namely ऋषभ, जीवक, मेद, महामेद, ऋद्धि, वृद्धि, काकोली, and क्षीरकाकोली cf. जीवकर्षभकौ मेदौ काकोल्यावृद्धिवृद्धिकी.
    -वक्रः (ष्टा) See below.
    -वर्ष a. Eight years old; त्र्यष्टवर्षो$ष्टवर्षां वा धर्मे सीदति सत्वरः Ms.9.94.
    -वसु The eight वसुs in the present मन्वन्तर are (a) धर, ध्रुव, सोम, आप, अनिल, अनल, प्रत्यूष, प्रभास. (b) द्रोण, प्राण, ध्रुव, अर्क, अग्नि, दोष, वसु, विभावसु.
    -वायनानि हरिद्रा, पूगीफल, दक्षिणा, शूर्प, कङ्कण, काचमणि, धान्य, वस्त्र (Mar. खण).
    -विना- यकाः The eight Gaṇapatis at मोरगांव (Dist. Poona), पाली (Dist. कुलाबा), भढ (near Karjat, dist. कुलाब), थेऊर (near लोणी, dist. Poona), जुन्नर (dist. Poona), ओझर (near जुन्नर, Dist. Poona). रांजणगांव (Poona- Nagar Road). सिद्धटेक (near दौंड, Dist. Ahmednagar).
    -विवाहाः बाह्य, दैव, आर्ष, गान्धर्व, राक्षस, प्राजापत्य, आसुर, पैशाच.
    -विध a. [अष्टाविधाः प्रकाराः अस्य] eight-fold, of eight kinds.
    -विंशतिः f. (˚ष्टा˚) [अष्टाधिका विंशतिः शाक. त.] the number twentyeight.
    -शतम् 1 One hundred and eight.
    -2 eight hundred.
    -श्रवणः, -श्रवस् N. of Brahmā (having 8 ears or four heads.)
    -समाधयः यम, नियम, आसन, प्राणायाम, प्रत्याहार, धारणा, ध्यान, and समाधि.
    -सिद्धयः (See --महा- सिद्धयः).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अष्टन् _aṣṭan

  • 15 षष् _ṣaṣ

    षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43.
    -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part.
    -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish.
    -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively: जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse.
    -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145.
    -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥
    -3 any set of six articles.
    ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu.
    -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4.
    -अधिक a. (
    -षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1.
    -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint.
    -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth.
    -अशीतिः f.
    (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six.
    -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B.
    -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga.
    -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days.
    -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22.
    -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra.
    -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence.
    -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्.
    -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर).
    -कर्ण a. (
    -षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (
    -र्णः) a kind of lute.
    -कर्मन् n.
    (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75.
    -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥.
    -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic:- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण.
    -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga:- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.)
    1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts.
    -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites.
    -कोण a. (
    -षट्कोण) hexangular.
    (-णम्) 1 a hexagon.
    -2 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -3 a diamond.
    -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥
    -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen.
    -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'.
    -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17.
    -गुण a.
    (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold.
    -2 having six attributes.
    (-णम्) 1 an assem- blage of six qualities.
    -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also.
    -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree.
    -ग्रन्थि n. (
    -षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper.
    -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी).
    -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six my- stical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य.
    -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six.
    -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee.
    -2 a locust.
    -3 a louse.
    -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs: नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39.
    -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems.
    -त्रिंशत् f. (
    -षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (
    -षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth).
    -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥
    -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (
    -नः) one conversant with the above six systems.
    -दीर्घः the six long vowels: आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ.
    -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥
    -नवतिः f. (
    -षण्णवतिः) ninety-six.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. (
    -षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six.
    -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69.
    -2 a louse.
    -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः
    1 the mango tree.
    -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर.
    -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines.
    -2 a female bee.
    -3 a louse.
    -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is:-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।.
    -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee.
    -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥
    -2 a lustful or licentious man.
    -3 a good-hearted neighbour.
    -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33.
    -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय).
    -भुज a.
    (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed.
    -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (
    -जः) a hexa- gon.
    (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā.
    -2 the water- melon.
    -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya.
    -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18.
    -मासिक a. (
    -षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months.
    -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon.
    -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (
    -षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस.
    -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights.
    -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon.
    -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things.
    -2 espe- cially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2.
    -3 the five senses and Manas.
    -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda.
    -विंशतिः f. (
    -षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (
    -षड्विंश twentysixth).
    -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26.
    -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas.
    -षष्टिः f. (
    -षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six.
    -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > षष् _ṣaṣ

  • 16 grande

    adj.
    1 big, large.
    un gran artista a great artist
    el gran favorito the firm favorite
    una gran figura a big name
    una gran parte de mi trabajo implica… a large part of my job involves…
    una gran responsabilidad a heavy responsibility
    a lo grande in a big way, in style
    grandes almacenes department store
    Gran Bretaña Great Britain
    el Gran Cañón the Grand Canyon
    gran danés great Dane
    gran éxito smash (hit) (disco, libro)
    los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes
    la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China)
    el gran público the general public
    2 old (de edad). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)
    3 fantastic(informal). ( River Plate)
    4 magnus, Mag, magnum.
    5 grand, formidable, majestical, stately.
    m.
    grandee (noble).
    * * *
    1 (tamaño) large, big
    2 (fuerte, intenso) great
    3 (mayor) grown-up, old, big
    \
    a lo grande on a grand scale, in a big way
    estar grande una cosa a alguien to be too big on somebody
    pasarlo en grande familiar to have a great time
    vivir a lo grande figurado to live in style
    Grande de España grandee Table 1 NOTA See also gran/Table 1
    * * *
    adj.
    1) big
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    ( antes de sm sing gran)
    1) [de tamaño] big, large; [de estatura] big, tall; [número, velocidad] high, great

    ¿cómo es de grande? — how big o large is it?, what size is it?

    en cantidades más grandes — in larger o greater quantities

    grandísimo — enormous, huge

    un esfuerzo grandísimo — an enormous effort, a huge effort

    ¡grandísimo tunante! — you old rogue!

    hacer algo a lo grande — to do sth in style, make a splash doing sth *

    2) (=importante) [artista, hazaña] great; [empresa] big
    3) (=mucho, muy) great

    se estrenó con gran éxito — it was a great success, it went off very well

    4) [en edad]
    (=mayor)

    ya eres grande, Raúl — you are a big boy now, Raúl

    ¿qué piensas hacer cuando seas grande? — what do you want to do when you grow up?

    5)

    ¡qué grande! — Arg * how funny!

    2. SMF
    1) (=personaje importante)
    2) LAm (=adulto) adult
    3. SF
    1) Arg [de lotería] first prize, big prize
    2) And ** (=cárcel) clink **, jail
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]
    1)
    a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big
    b) ( en demasía) too big

    me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

    quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

    2) ( alto) tall
    3) (Geog)
    4) ( en edad)

    los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

    a) (notable, excelente) great

    un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

    b) ( poderoso) big
    6)
    a) (en intensidad, grado) great

    me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

    una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

    7)
    a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

    la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

    b) ( elevado)

    a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

    en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

    •
    II
    masculino, femenino
    1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name
    2)
    a) ( mayor)

    quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

    b) ( adulto)
    •
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.
    Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
    Ex. Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.
    Ex. Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.
    Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.
    Ex. The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.
    Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex. Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.
    Ex. In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.
    Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.
    Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.
    Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex. It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.
    Ex. There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.
    Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.
    Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.
    Ex. The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.
    Ex. Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.
    ----
    * a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.
    * a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.
    * a gran velocidad = at great speed.
    * a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.
    * armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.
    * avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.
    * bastante grande = largish.
    * calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.
    * causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.
    * causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.
    * celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.
    * con una gran cultura = well-read.
    * con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.
    * con una gran tradición = long-standing.
    * con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.
    * con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.
    * convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.
    * correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.
    * crear con gran destreza = craft.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * demasiado grande = oversized.
    * describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.
    * desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.
    * ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.
    * en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.
    * en un gran apuro = in dire straits.
    * esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.
    * extra grande = extra-large.
    * gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * gran aumento = heavy increase.
    * gran bebedor = heavy drinker.
    * gran belleza = scenic beauty.
    * Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.
    * gran calidad = high standard.
    * gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.
    * gran categoría = high standard.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * gran danés = Great Dane.
    * Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.
    * grandes almacenes = department store.
    * grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.
    * grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.
    * grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.
    * grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.
    * grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.
    * grandes y pequeños = great and small.
    * grande y tenebroso = cavernous.
    * gran ducado = grand-duchy.
    * gran espectáculo = extravaganza.
    * gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.
    * gran grupo = constellation.
    * gran mentira = big fat lie.
    * gran nivel = high standard.
    * gran número de = great numbers of.
    * gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.
    * gran parte = much.
    * gran parte de = much of.
    * gran peso = heavy weight.
    * gran placer = great pleasure.
    * gran potencia = great power.
    * gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.
    * gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.
    * gran titular = headline banner.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.
    * IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).
    * influir en gran medida = become + a force.
    * jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.
    * jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * más grande = greater.
    * muy grande = big time.
    * Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.
    * pensar a lo grande = think + big.
    * Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * producir con gran destreza = craft.
    * provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.
    * recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.
    * ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.
    * ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.
    * ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.
    * ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.
    * ser un gran avance = be half the battle.
    * ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.
    * taza grande = mug.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.
    * tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.
    * tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]
    1)
    a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big
    b) ( en demasía) too big

    me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

    quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

    2) ( alto) tall
    3) (Geog)
    4) ( en edad)

    los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

    a) (notable, excelente) great

    un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

    b) ( poderoso) big
    6)
    a) (en intensidad, grado) great

    me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

    una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

    7)
    a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

    la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

    b) ( elevado)

    a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

    en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

    •
    II
    masculino, femenino
    1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name
    2)
    a) ( mayor)

    quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

    b) ( adulto)
    •
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

    Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

    Ex: Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.
    Ex: Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.
    Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.
    Ex: The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.
    Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex: Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.
    Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.
    Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.
    Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.
    Ex: There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.
    Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.
    Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.
    Ex: The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.
    Ex: Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.
    * a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.
    * a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.
    * a gran velocidad = at great speed.
    * a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.
    * armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.
    * avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.
    * bastante grande = largish.
    * calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.
    * causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.
    * causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.
    * celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.
    * con una gran cultura = well-read.
    * con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.
    * con una gran tradición = long-standing.
    * con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.
    * con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.
    * convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.
    * correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.
    * crear con gran destreza = craft.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * demasiado grande = oversized.
    * describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.
    * desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.
    * ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.
    * en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.
    * en un gran apuro = in dire straits.
    * esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.
    * extra grande = extra-large.
    * gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * gran aumento = heavy increase.
    * gran bebedor = heavy drinker.
    * gran belleza = scenic beauty.
    * Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.
    * gran calidad = high standard.
    * gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.
    * gran categoría = high standard.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * gran danés = Great Dane.
    * Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.
    * grandes almacenes = department store.
    * grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.
    * grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.
    * grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.
    * grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.
    * grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.
    * grandes y pequeños = great and small.
    * grande y tenebroso = cavernous.
    * gran ducado = grand-duchy.
    * gran espectáculo = extravaganza.
    * gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.
    * gran grupo = constellation.
    * gran mentira = big fat lie.
    * gran nivel = high standard.
    * gran número de = great numbers of.
    * gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.
    * gran parte = much.
    * gran parte de = much of.
    * gran peso = heavy weight.
    * gran placer = great pleasure.
    * gran potencia = great power.
    * gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.
    * gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.
    * gran titular = headline banner.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.
    * IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).
    * influir en gran medida = become + a force.
    * jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.
    * jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * más grande = greater.
    * muy grande = big time.
    * Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.
    * pensar a lo grande = think + big.
    * Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * producir con gran destreza = craft.
    * provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.
    * recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.
    * ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.
    * ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.
    * ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.
    * ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.
    * ser un gran avance = be half the battle.
    * ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.
    * taza grande = mug.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.
    * tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.
    * tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    A
    1 (en dimensiones) large, big
    se mudaron a una casa más grande they moved to a larger o bigger house
    sus grandes ojos negros her big dark eyes
    un tipo grande, ancho de hombros a big, broad-shouldered guy
    una chica grandota, fortachona ( fam); a big, strong girl, a strapping lass ( BrE colloq)
    tiene la boca/nariz grande she has a big mouth/nose
    2 (en demasía) too big
    ¿esto será grande para Daniel? do you think this is too big for Daniel?
    estos zapatos me quedan or me están grandes these shoes are too big for me
    quedarle or ( Esp) venirle grande a algn «puesto/responsabilidad» to be too much for sb
    B (alto) tall
    ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!, hasn't Andrés gotten* tall!
    C ( Geog):
    el Gran Buenos Aires/Bilbao Greater Buenos Aires/Bilbao
    D
    1
    ( esp AmL) ‹niño/chico› (en edad): los más grandes pueden ir solos the older o bigger ones can go on their own
    ya eres grande y puedes comer solito you're a big boy now and you can feed yourself
    cuando sea grande quiero ser bailarina when I grow up I want to be a ballet dancer
    mis hijos ya son grandes my children are all grown up now
    2
    ( Arg) (maduro, mayor): es una mujer grande she isn't a young woman o she's a mature woman
    está saliendo con un tipo grande she's going out with an older guy
    1 (notable, excelente) great
    un gran hombre/artista/vino a great man/artist/wine
    la gran dama del teatro the grande dame of the theater
    los grandes bancos/industriales the big banks/industrialists
    los grandes señores feudales the great feudal lords
    a lo grande in style
    3
    (en importancia): son grandes amigos they're great friends
    grandes fumadores heavy smokers
    F ( fam)
    (increíble): ¡qué cosa más grande! ¡ya te he dicho 20 veces que no lo sé! this is unbelievable! I've told you 20 times already that I don't know!
    ¿no es grande que ahora me echen la culpa a mí? ( iró); and now they blame me; great, isn't it? ( iro)
    G
    1 (en intensidad, grado) great
    me causó una gran pena it caused me great sadness
    me has dado una gran alegría you have made me very happy
    comió con gran apetito she ate hungrily o heartily
    un día de gran calor a very hot day
    los grandes fríos del 47 the great o big freeze of '47
    me llevé un susto más grande … I got such a fright
    para mi gran vergüenza to my great embarrassment
    se produjo una gran explosión there was a powerful explosion
    es un gran honor para mí it is a great honor* for me
    ha sido una temporada de gran éxito it has been a very o a highly successful season
    no corre gran prisa it is not very urgent
    las paredes tienen gran necesidad de una mano de pintura the walls are very much in need of a coat of paint
    2
    (uso enfático): eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely o very true
    ésa es la mentira más grande que he oído that's the biggest lie I've ever heard
    ¡qué gran novedad! ( iró); you don't say! o what a surprise! ( iro)
    H
    1 (en número) ‹familia› large, big; ‹clase› big
    la gran mayoría de los votantes the great o vast majority of the voters
    dedican gran parte de su tiempo a la investigación they devote much of o a great deal of their time to research
    esto se debe en gran parte a que … this is largely due to the fact that …
    2
    (elevado): a gran velocidad at high o great speed
    volar a gran altura to fly at a great height
    un edificio de gran altura a very tall building
    un gran número de personas a large number of people
    objetos de gran valor objects of great value
    en grande: lo pasamos or nos divertimos en grande we had a great time ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    masculine wide-angle lens
    el gran capital big business
    masculine Great Dane
    la Gran Depresión the Great Depression
    ( Astron): la gran explosión the Big Bang
    la Gran Guerra the Great War
    masculine Big Brother
    el gran hermano te observa or te vigila Big Brother is watching you
    masculine Grand Master
    masculine grand master
    masculine international grand master
    feminine grand opera
    masculine Grand Prix
    el gran público the general public
    el gran simpático the sympathetic nervous system
    feminine ( Esp) large supermarket, hypermarket ( BrE)
    mpl department store
    masculine, feminine
    A (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name, leading player
    uno de los tres grandes de la industria automovilística one of the big three names o one of the big three in the car industry
    B ( esp AmL)
    1
    (mayor): quiero ir con los grandes I want to go with the big boys/girls
    la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married
    2 (adulto) grown-up
    Compuesto:
    (Spanish) grandee o nobleman
    ( RPl)
    la grande the big prize, the jackpot
    sacarse la grande (literal) to win the big prize o the jackpot
    se sacó la grande con ese marido she hit the jackpot with that husband
    * * *

     

    grande adjetivo
    ◊ gran is used before singular nouns

    1
    a) ( en dimensiones) ‹casa/área/nariz› big, large;


    unos grande almacenes a department store


    c) ( en número) ‹ familia› large, big;

    ‹ clase› big;
    la gran parte or mayoría the great majority
    2
    a) ( alto) tall;

    ◊ ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!

    b) ( en edad):


    ya son grandes they are all grown up now
    3 (Geog):

    4 ( delante del n)
    a) (notable, excelente) great;


    b) ( poderoso) big;


    a lo grande in style
    5
    a) (en intensidad, grado) ‹pena/honor/ventaja› great;

    ‹ explosión› powerful;
    ◊ ¡me llevé un susto más grande … ! I got such a fright!;

    una temporada de gran éxito a very o a highly successful season;
    son grandes amigos they're great friends;
    eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely true;
    ¡qué mentira más grande! that's a complete lie!
    b) ( elevado):

    ◊ a gran velocidad at high o great speed;

    volar a gran altura to fly at a great height;
    un gran número de personas a large number of people;
    objetos de gran valor objects of great value;
    en grande: lo pasamos en grande we had a great time (colloq)
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    a) ( mayor):


    b) ( adulto):


    grande adjetivo
    1 (tamaño) big, large
    grandes almacenes, department stores
    2 (cantidad) large
    3 fig (fuerte, intenso) great: es un gran músico, he is a great musician
    ♦ Locuciones: a lo grande, in style
    figurado pasarlo en grande, to have a great time
    ' grande' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - alfombra
    - ampliar
    - ampliación
    - armatoste
    - así
    - bastante
    - bestial
    - bloque
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabezón
    - cabezona
    - cabezudo
    - cajón
    - calabacín
    - campeonato
    - cantidad
    - canto
    - ciudad
    - colosal
    - consideración
    - fenomenal
    - formidable
    - gran
    - hermosa
    - hermoso
    - incalculable
    - ingeniosa
    - ingenioso
    - mía
    - mío
    - monstruosa
    - monstruoso
    - monumental
    - nuestra
    - nuestro
    - pila
    - puerta
    - quedar
    - señor
    - suficientemente
    - suma
    - sumo
    - terraza
    - tirada
    - tremenda
    - tremendo
    - venir
    - bailar
    English:
    abnormally
    - above
    - ample
    - army
    - awful
    - bag
    - baggy
    - bay
    - big
    - boat
    - border
    - box
    - breaker
    - brush
    - bulk
    - carve
    - cauldron
    - cushion
    - deposit
    - enough
    - extend
    - grand
    - great
    - grow
    - hers
    - in
    - integrate
    - large
    - lion
    - manufacturer
    - marrow
    - mighty
    - mine
    - outrank
    - overgrown
    - paving stone
    - place
    - roller
    - set on
    - set upon
    - slight
    - spanking
    - style
    - tablespoonful
    - tea urn
    - temptation
    - terrific
    - time
    - to
    - tub
    * * *
    grande gran is used instead of grande before singular nouns (e.g. gran hombre great man).
    ♦ adj
    1. [de tamaño] big, large;
    este traje me está o [m5] me queda grande this suit is too big for me;
    el gran Buenos Aires/Santiago greater Buenos Aires/Santiago, the metropolitan area of Buenos Aires/Santiago;
    Fig
    el cargo le viene grande he's not up to the job;
    Fam
    pagó con un billete de los grandes he paid with a large note
    grandes almacenes department store; Fot gran angular wide-angle lens;
    la Gran Barrera de Coral the Great Barrier Reef;
    Gran Bretaña Great Britain;
    gran danés Great Dane;
    Hist la Gran Depresión the Great Depression;
    gran ducado grand duchy;
    la Gran Explosión the Big Bang;
    la Gran Guerra the Great War;
    los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes;
    gran maestro [en ajedrez] grand master;
    Hist Gran Mogol Mogul;
    la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China);
    Dep Gran Premio Grand Prix; Hist el Gran Salto Adelante the Great Leap Forward;
    gran slam [en tenis] grand slam;
    Esp Com gran superficie hypermarket
    2. [de altura] tall;
    ¡qué grande está tu hermano! your brother's really grown!
    3. [en importancia] great;
    una gran mujer a great woman;
    los grandes bancos the major banks;
    la gran mayoría está a favor del proyecto the great o overwhelming majority are in favour of the project;
    el éxito se debe en gran parte a su esfuerzo the success is largely due to her efforts, the success is in no small measure due to her efforts
    4. [en intensidad] great;
    es un gran mentiroso he's a real liar;
    ¡qué alegría más grande! what joy!
    5. Fam [adulto]
    cuando sea grande quiere ser doctora she wants to be a doctor when she grows up;
    me dijeron que todavía no soy grande como para salir solo they told me I'm not big enough to go out on my own yet
    6. Méx, RP [de edad]
    cuando se casó ya era grande she was already quite old when she got married;
    siempre se llevó bien con gente más grande he always got on well with older people
    7. RP Fam [fantástico] fantastic, Br brilliant
    8. RP Irónico [genial] great;
    ayer le hice un favor y hoy me vuelve la espalda, ¡grande! great! I did him a favour and now he doesn't want to know!
    9. Comp
    Fam
    hacer algo a lo grande to do sth in a big way o in style;
    vivir a lo grande to live in style;
    pasarlo en grande to have a great time
    ♦ nm
    1. [noble] grandee
    Grande de España = one of highest-ranking members of Spanish nobility
    2. [persona, entidad importante]
    uno de los grandes del sector one of the major players in the sector;
    los tres grandes de la liga the big three in the league;
    uno de los grandes de la literatura mexicana one of the big names in Mexican literature
    3. Fam
    grandes [adultos] grown-ups
    ♦ nf
    RP [en lotería] first prize, jackpot;
    sacarse la grande [en lotería] to win first prize o the jackpot;
    se sacó la grande con ese trabajo [tuvo buena suerte] she hit the jackpot with that job;
    con esa nuera que tiene le tocó la grande [tuvo mala suerte] you've got to feel sorry for her having a daughter-in-law like that
    ♦ interj
    RP Fam [fantástico] great!
    * * *
    I adj
    1 big, large;
    me viene grande the jacket is too big for me;
    el cargo le viene grande the job is too much for him
    2
    :
    a lo grande in style;
    pasarlo en grande have a great time
    II m/f
    1 L.Am. ( adulto) grown-up, adult;
    grandes y pequeños young and old
    2 ( mayor) eldest
    * * *
    1) : large, big
    un libro grande: a big book
    2) alto: tall
    3) notable: great
    un gran autor: a great writer
    con gran placer: with great pleasure
    5) : old, grown-up
    hijos grandes: grown children
    * * *
    grande adj
    1. (tamaño) big [comp. bigger; superl. biggest]
    ¿es muy grande el jardín? is the garden very big?
    2. (número, cantidad) large
    3. (importante) great

    Spanish-English dictionary > grande

  • 17 αὐτός

    αὐτός (Cret. [full] ἀϝτός GDI4976, al.), αὐτή, αὐτό (also
    A

    αὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4

    , al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.
    I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),
    1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so later

    ἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7

    , cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;

    αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1

    ;

    αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a

    : abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;

    ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται

     the Master,

    Id.Fr. 268

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:

    αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50

    : neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;

    αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157

    ;

    αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b

    ; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.

    αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177

    , Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,

    τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388

    ;

    τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375

    ; redupl.,

    αὐτός θ' ὁ χρήσας αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798

    ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7;

    αὐτὸ ὃ μάλιστα ἔδει ῥηθῆναι Pl.R. 362d

    ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;

    αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23

    ; even,

    οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451

    ;

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν 2.597

    .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,

    αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5

    ; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.
    2 of oneself, of one's own accord,

    ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254

    ;

    σπεύδοντα καὶ αὐτὸν ὀτρύνεις 8.293

    ;

    καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168

    ;

    ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341

    ; also, in person,

    τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2

    .
    3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924;

    ἀνακομισθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐς Φάληρον

     by himself,

    Hdt.5.85

    ; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;

    αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7

    ;

    ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3

    ;

    τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13

     (prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.
    4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,

    δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d

    ;

    αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a

    , al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,

    οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a

    ; less freq. with Art.,

    τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e

    ; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst.,

    ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη Pl.R. 612c

    , etc.; doubled,

    ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται

     its very self,

    Id.Cra. 439a

    .
    5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;

    αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32

    , cf. Hipp. 1213; also without

    σύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24

    : so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.);

    αὐτοῖς μελάθροις διακναιομένους E.Med. 164

    : with Art.,

    αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν Hdt.2.47

    ;

    αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849

    , etc.;

    αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7

    .
    6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.
    7 freq. coupled with

    οὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c

    , etc.;

    αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b

    ; also

    λεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139

    ;

    πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27

    ; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.
    8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Od.7.73, 14.45, X.An.5.5.9, etc.
    9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,

    αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68

    , cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.
    10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,

    ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194

    ;

    σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312

    ;

    νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39

     (always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,

    αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244

    ; so

    αὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86

    ; also

    αὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b

    , etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).
    b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;

    αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27

    ; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.
    c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,

    αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406

    ; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;

    αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4

    ;

    αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e

    ; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron.,

    τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται A.Ag. 836

    , cf. Pr. 762;

    τούς γ' αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πολεμίους S.Aj. 1132

    : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)

    αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121

     (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).
    11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,

    αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966

     (ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.
    12 [comp] Comp.

    αὐτότερος Epich.5

    : [comp] Sup.

    αὐτότατος

     his very self,

    Ar.Pl.83

    : neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.

    αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431

    .
    II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7

    ;

    πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15

    ;

    ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a

    ; after a Relative,

    ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218

    ;

    οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6

    . 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,

    οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27

    ;

    ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24

    ; in subdivisions,

    ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1

    , cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,

    ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43

    , cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.
    III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;

    ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38

    , cf. 5.75;

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

     : c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,

    τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119

    ;

    τὸν αὐτὸν χῶρον ἐκλιπὼν ἐμοί A.Ch. 543

    ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;

    κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20

    ;

    τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109

    ;

    τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν καὶ κατ' ἐκείνην ἡλικίαν Isoc.5.83

    ;

    ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a

    ;

    ἐς ταὐτὸν ἀλλήλοις

     face to face,

    Jul.Or.2.5a0

    .
    2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,

    Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8

     (iii B. C.), etc.
    IV Adverbial phrases:
    1

    αὐτὸ μόνον

     simply, merely,

    Ph. 2.252

    , etc.;

    αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9

    ;

    αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20

    .
    2 αὐτό as Adv., = ἄρτι, Epigr.Gr.540.1 ([place name] Thrace).
    3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;

    τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17

    .
    4 with Preps.,

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό

     added together, making a total,

    PLond.2.196.37

     (ii A. D.);

    κατὰ τὸ αὐτό

     together, at the same time,

    Act.Ap. 14.1

    , etc.; but

    κατ' αὐτό

     just then,

    Hdn.1.12.3

    .
    V In Compos.:
    1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.
    2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.
    3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.
    4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.
    5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.
    6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.
    7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > αὐτός

  • 18 HEILAGR

    (acc. helgan (heilagan), pl. helgir (heilagir), &c.), a.
    1) holy;
    2) inviolable, sacred.
    * * *
    adj., usually contracted before a vowel, whereby the root vowel becomes short, thus helgan, helgir, helgum, helgar, and the definite helgi, helga; but also uncontractcd, esp. in mod. usage, heilagir, heilagan, heilögum, definite heilagi; [Ulf. seems not to have known the word, and renders αγιος etc. by veihs; so also in Dan. and Swed. local names, holy places and temples are marked by a prefixed or suffixed vi-, e. g. Vi-borg, Odens-e (= Óðins-vé): heilagr is derived in a metaph. sense from heill, whole, and is consequently not so old as the primitive vé, veihs; so A. S. hâlag; Engl. holy; Hel. hêlag; Germ. heilig; Dan. hellig; Swed. helig]:
    I. holy in heathen usage, helgar kindir, holy beings, Vsp. I; hár baðmr heilagr, 19, v. l.; heilög goð, holy gods; ginnheilög goð, Vsp.; heilakt land, Gm. 4; heilög (grind) fyrir helgum dyrum, 22; heilög vötn, 29, Hkv. 2. 1; heilög fjöll (hélug?), Fm. 26; helgu fulli, the holy toast of Odin, i. e. song, poetry, Edda (in a verse); af helgu skutli, from the holy table, Haustl. 4; þat vatn er svá heilakt, at …, Edda 11; brunnr mjök heilagr, 10: in local names, þat fjall kallaði hann Helga-fell, Holy-fell, Eb. 10; at þeir görði lönd sín helgari en aðrar jarðir, 20; ok kallar þá jörð nú eigi helgari en aðra, 24:—heilagir fiskar (mod. heilag-fiski), a halibut, Dan. helle-flynder, Bs. i. 365.
    2. as a law term (and this is no doubt the original sense of the word), inviolable, one whose person is sacred, who cannot be slain with impunity, esp. within certain boundaries; hann (fjörbaugs-maðr, q. v.) skal heilagr vera at þeim heimilum ok í örskots-helgi við á alla vega, etc., Grág. i. 89; hann er heilagr á þeirri götu ok í örskots-helgi við þá götu, 132; hann verðr eigi heilagr ef eigi var sagt til heimilis hans at féráns-dómi, ok eigi verðr hann heilagr ef eigi gelzk fé þat er þar skyldi gjaldask, 133; hann er jamheilagr á götu er hann ferr til skips, 90, vide Þ. Þ. ch. 33 sqq.; falla óheilagr, to fall unholy, to be slain as an outlaw for whom no weregild was to be paid, Grág. and Sagas passim, cp. the interesting passages in Landn. 5. ch. 4, Sturl. 1. ch. 14; frið-heilagr, ‘peace-holy,’ protected, a term for birds and animals protected by law; úheilagr, outlawed, exlex: closely akin are the above phrases, in which heilagr is used as an epithet of places, h. land, fjöll, etc.
    II. eccl. holy, Lat. sanctus, Bs. passim, N. T., hymns, sermons, etc.; Heilagr Audi, the Holy Ghost; helgir dagar, holy days; halda heilagt, vide halda; helgir dómar, holy relics; but helgi-dómr, holidom, sanctuarium; heilög orð, holy words; helgir siðir, holy rites; helgar bækr, holy books; helgar tíðir, horae canonicae; helgir menn, saints of the Roman church; Heilagir = Άγιοι, i. e. Christians, N. T.
    2. of special feasts, Helga Vika, the Holy Week, the week after Whitsuntide, Dipl. iii. to; Nóttin Helga, the Holy Night, cp. Germ. Weihnachten; Helgi Þórs-dagr, Holy Thursday, Fms. ix.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HEILAGR

  • 19 व्याहृति


    vy-ā́hṛiti
    f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement MBh. Kālid. VarBṛS. ;

    ( alsoﾠ - tī;
    ifc. - tikā), the mystical utterance of the names of the seven worlds
    (viz. bhūr, bhuvar < orﾠ bhuvaḥ>, svar, mahar, janar, tapar, satya <qq.vv.>
    the first three of which, called, the great Vyāhṛitis, are pronounced after om by every Brāhman in commencing his daily prayers andﾠ are personified as the daughters of Savitṛi andﾠ Pṛiṡni)
    TS. Br. RTL. 403 Mn. II, 76 MBh. etc.. ;
    N. of a Sāman. ĀrshBr. ;
    - traya n. the first three of the above mystical words MW. ;
    - pūrvaka mfn. preceded by the above three mystical words ib.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > व्याहृति

  • 20 वि


    ví
    1) m. (nom. vís orﾠ vés acc. vím gen. abl. vés;

    pl. nom. acc. váyas <acc. vīn Bhaṭṭ. >;
    víbhis, víbhyas, vīnā́m) a bird ( alsoﾠ applied to horses, arrows, andﾠ the Maruts) RV. VS. PañcavBr, ( alsoﾠ occurring in later language)
    cf. 1. váyas;
    + Gk. οἰωνός for ὀγγιωνος;
    Lat. a-vis;
    accord. toﾠ some Germ. Ei;
    Angl. Sax. aég;
    Eng. egg
    vi
    2) n. an artificial word said to be = anna ṠBr. ;

    3) ind. (prob. for an original dvi, meaning « in two parts» ;
    andﾠ opp. to sam q.v.) apart, asunder, in different directions, to andﾠ fro, about, away, away from, off, without RV. etc. etc. In RV. it appears alsoﾠ as a prep. with acc. denoting « through» orﾠ « between»
    (with ellipse of the verb e.g.. I, 181, 5; X, 86, 20 etc..)
    It is esp. used as a prefix to verbs orﾠ nouns andﾠ other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express « division», « distinction», « distribution», « arrangement», « order», « opposition», orﾠ « deliberation» (cf. vi-bhid, - ṡish, - dhā, - rudh, - car, with their nominal derivatives);
    sometimes it gives a meaning opposite to the idea contained in the simple root (e.g.. krī, « to buy» ;
    vi-krī, « to sell»), orﾠ it intensifies that idea (e.g.. hiṉs, « to injure» ;
    vi-hiṉs, « to injure severely»)
    The above 3. ví may alsoﾠ be used in forming compounds not immediately referable to verbs, in which cases it may express
    « difference» (cf. 1. vi-lakshaṇa),
    « change» orﾠ « variety» (cf. vi-citra),
    « intensity» (cf. vi-karāla),
    « manifoldness» (cf. vi-vidha),
    « contrariety» (cf. vi-loma),
    « deviation from right» (cf. vi-ṡīla),
    « negation» orﾠ « privatlon» (cf. vi-kaccha,
    being often used like 3. a, nir, andﾠ nis <qq.vv.>, andﾠ like the Lat. dis, se, andﾠ the English a, dis, in, un etc.);
    in some cases it does not seem to modify the meaning of the simple word at all (cf. vi-jāmi, vi-jāmātṛi);
    it is alsoﾠ used to form proper names out of other proper names (e.g.. vi-koka, vi-pṛithu, vi-viṉṡa). To save space such words are here mostly collected under one article;
    but words having several subordinate compounds will be found s.v.
    - विगत
    - विच्छाय
    - विपत्मन्
    - विव
    - विकंसा
    - विककर
    - विकङ्कट
    - विकङ्कत
    - विकच
    - विकच्छ
    - विकच्छप
    - विकट
    - विकण्टक
    - विकद्रु
    - विकपाल
    - विकर
    - विकरण
    - विकराल
    - विकरालिन्
    - विकर्ण
    - विकर्मन्
    - विकल
    - विकलङ्क
    - विकल्प
    - विकल्मष
    - विकवच
    - विकश्यप
    - विकाकुद्
    - विकाङ्क्ष
    - विकाङ्क्षिन्
    - विकाम
    - विकार
    - विकारण
    - विकाल
    - विकाश
    - विकिष्कु
    - विकुक्षि
    - विकुज
    - विकुञ्ज
    - विकुण्ठ
    - विकुण्डल
    - विकुम्भाण्ड
    - विकूट
    - विकूबर
    - विकेतु
    - विकेश
    - विकोक
    - विकोश
    - विकौतुक
    - विक्रम
    - विक्रोध
    - विक्लव
    - विक्षणम्
    - विक्षीर
    - विक्षुद्र
    - विक्षुभा
    - विखुर
    - विखेद
    - विगण्डीर
    - विगद
    - विगन्ध
    - विगर
    - विगर्भा
    - विगाथा
    - विगीति
    - विगुण
    - विग्रह
    - विग्रीव
    - विघटिका
    - विघन
    - विचक्र
    - विचक्षुस्
    - विचतुर
    - विचन्द्र
    - विचरण
    - विचर्मन्
    - विचर्षण
    - विचर्षणि
    - विचारु
    - विचित्त
    - विचित्ति
    - विचित्र
    - विचूलिन्
    - विचेतन
    - विचेतस्
    - विचेती
    - विचेष्ट
    - विच्छन्द
    - विच्छन्दक
    - विच्छन्दस्
    - विच्छर्दक
    - विच्छायय
    - विजङ्घ
    - विजट
    - विजन
    - विजन्मन्
    - विजपिल
    - विजयिन
    - विजर
    - विजर्जर
    - विजल
    - विजवल
    - विजाति
    - विजानि
    - विजानु
    - विजामन्
    - विजामातृ
    - विजामि
    - विजिघत्स
    - विजिपिल
    - विजिल
    - विजिविल
    - विजिह्म
    - विजिह्व
    - विजीवित
    - विजेन्य
    - विजोषस्
    - विज्य
    - विज्वर
    - विझर्झर
    - वितत्करण
    - वितद्भाषण
    - वितनु
    - वितन्तु
    - वितन्त्री
    - वितमस्
    - वितमस्क
    - वितल
    - वितान
    - वितामस
    - वितार
    - विताल
    - वितिमिर
    - वितिलक
    - वितुङ्गभाग
    - वितुष
    - वितुष्ट
    - वितृण
    - वितृतीय
    - वितृष
    - वितृष्ण
    - वितोय
    - वित्रप
    - विदक्षिण
    - विदग्ध
    - विदण्ड
    - विदन्त
    - विदर
    - विदर्व्य
    - विदश
    - विदार्व
    - विदार्व्य
    - विदिश्
    - विदिशा
    - विदीधिति
    - विदुष्कृत
    - विदेघ
    - विद्रुम
    - विधन
    - विधनुष्क
    - विधनुस्
    - विधन्वन्
    - विधर्म
    - विधर्मन्
    - विधर्मिक
    - विधर्मिन्
    - विधूप
    - विधूम
    - विधूम्र
    - विधूसर
    - विनग्न
    - विनदी
    - विनम्र
    - विनम्रक
    - विनस
    - विनाड
    - विनाडिका
    - विनाडी
    - विनाथ
    - विनाराशंस
    - विनाल
    - विनास
    - विनासक
    - विनासिक
    - विनिःकम्प
    - विनिकेत
    - विनिगड
    - विनिद्र
    - विनिमित्त
    - विनिरोध
    - विनिर्बानु
    - विनिर्भय
    - विनिर्मल
    - विनिर्मूढ
    - विनिश्चल
    - विनिष्कम्प
    - विनिष्क्रिय
    - विनील
    - विनीलक
    - विनीवरण
    - विनीवि
    - विनेमिदशन
    - विपक्त्रिम
    - विपक्व
    - विपक्षपात
    - विपक्षस्
    - विपञ्चिका
    - विपञ्ची
    - विपताक
    - विपत्न
    - विपद्म
    - विपन्नग
    - विपयस्
    - विपराक्रम
    - विपरिवत्सर
    - विपरुस्
    - विपर्ण
    - विपर्णक
    - विपर्यक्
    - विपर्याण
    - विपर्व
    - विपर्वन्
    - विपलाश
    - विपवन
    - विपशु
    - विपांसुल
    - विपाटल
    - विपाण्डव
    - विपाण्डु
    - विपादिका
    - विपाप
    - विपाप्मन्
    - विपार्श्व
    - विपाल
    - विपाश्
    - विपीडम्
    - विपुंसक
    - विपुंसी
    - विपुट
    - विपुत्र
    - विपुर
    - विपुरीष
    - विपुरुष
    - विपुलिनाम्बुरुह
    - विपुष्ट
    - विपुष्टि
    - विपुष्प
    - विपृथु
    - विपृष्ठीभू
    - विप्रकाश
    - विप्रतिकूल
    - विप्रतिप्रत्यनीक
    - विप्रतीप
    - विप्रत्यनीक
    - विप्रत्यनीयक
    - विप्रत्यय
    - विप्रमत्त
    - विप्रमनस्
    - विप्रशस्तक
    - विप्रिय
    - विप्रेमन्
    - विफ
    - विफाण्ट
    - विबन्धु
    - विबल
    - विबलाक
    - विबाण
    - विबाहु
    - विबिल
    - विबुद्धि
    - विभङ्गि
    - विभय
    - विभस्मन्
    - विभाण्ड
    - विभाण्डक
    - विभास्कर
    - विभूम
    - विभ्रातृव्य
    - विमज्जान्त्र
    - विमण्डल
    - विमत्सर
    - विमद
    - विमद्य
    - विमध्य
    - विमध्यम
    - विमन
    - विमनस्क
    - विमनाय
    - विमनिमन्
    - विमनीकृत
    - विमनीभूत
    - विमन्थर
    - विमन्यु
    - विमन्युक
    - विमस्तकित
    - विमहत्
    - विमहस्
    - विमही
    - विमांस
    - विमाण्डव्य
    - विमातृ
    - विमात्र
    - विमान
    - विमानुष
    - विमाय
    - विमिथुन
    - विमुञ्ज
    - विमुद्र
    - विमूर्छन
    - विमूर्धज
    - विमूल
    - विमृग
    - विमृत्यु
    - विमेघ
    - विमोघ
    - विमौन
    - विमौलि
    - वियन्तृ
    - वियव
    - वियुगल
    - वियूथ
    - वियोध
    - वियोनि
    - विरक्षस्
    - विरथ
    - विरथ्य
    - विरथ्या
    - विरश्मि
    - विरस
    - विरात्र
    - विरिफित
    - विरुज्
    - विरुद्र
    - विरूक्ष
    - विरेपस्
    - विरेफ
    - विरेफस्
    - विरोग
    - विरोष
    - विरोहित
    - विलक्ष
    - विलक्ष्य
    - विलज्ज
    - विलिङ्ग
    - विलिप्ता
    - विलिप्तिका
    - विलोहित
    - विलोहितक
    - विवंश
    - विवत्
    - विवत्स
    - विवरुण
    - विवरूथ
    - विवर्चस्
    - विवर्ण
    - विवर्त्मन्
    - विवर्मन्
    - विवव्रि
    - विवश
    - विवसन
    - विवस्त्र
    - विवाच्
    - विवाचस्
    - विवात
    - विवाश
    - विवासस्
    - विविंश
    - विविंशति
    - विविद्युत्
    - विविन्ध्य
    - विविभक्तिक
    - विविवध
    - विविश
    - विविषा
    - विवीवध
    - विव्रत
    - विशकल
    - विशङ्क
    - विशङ्कट
    - विशफ
    - विशब्द
    - विशरद
    - विशलभमरुत्
    - विशल्य
    - विशस्त्र
    - विशाख
    - विशाखक
    - विशाखल
    - विशाखिल
    - विशाप
    - विशारद
    - विशिख
    - विशिप्रिय
    - विशिर
    - विशिरस्
    - विशिरस्क
    - विशिश्ना
    - विशिश्न्या
    - विशिष्य
    - विशीर्षन्
    - विशील
    - विशुष्क
    - विशून्य
    - विशूल
    - विशृङ्खल
    - विशृङ्ग
    - विशोक
    - विशोणित
    - विश्यापर्ण
    - विश्रवण
    - विश्रवस्
    - विश्रीकृ
    - विश्लथ
    - विश्लोक
    - विष्कन्ध
    - विष्टाव
    - विष्ठल
    - विसंष्ठुल
    - विसंस्थुल
    - विसंसर्पिन्
    - विसंस्थित
    - विसंकट
    - विसंकुल
    - विसंगत
    - विसंज्ञ
    - विसंज्ञित
    - विसदृश्
    - विसदृश
    - विसंधि
    - विसंधिक
    - विसंनाह
    - विसभाग
    - विसमाप्ति
    - विसल्य
    - विसल्यक
    - विसामग्री
    - विसारथि
    - विसिर
    - विसुकल्प
    - विसुकृत्
    - विसुकृत
    - विसुख
    - विसुत
    - विसुहृद्
    - विसूत
    - विसूत्र
    - विसूर्य
    - विसेचक
    - विसोम
    - विसौख्य
    - विसौरभ
    - विस्थान
    - विस्पृक्क
    - विस्रोतस्
    - विस्वप्न
    - विस्वप्नज्
    - विस्वर
    - विस्वाद
    - विहर्ष
    - विहस्त
    - विहस्तित
    - विहिंस्र
    - विहित
    - विहुत्मत्
    - विहृदय
    - विह्रदिन्

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वि

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Nuns of the Above — is the comic tragic name given by the Sisters of Perpetual Indulgence to those in their ranks who have died, mainly from AIDS, and are immortalized in their folk art section of the Names Project Quilt commemorating people who have died from AIDS …   Wikipedia

  • None of the Above (Peter Hammill album) — None of the Above Studio album by Peter Hammill Released April 2000 …   Wikipedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Names of the Irish state — The front cover of an Irish passport showing the name of the state in its two official languages. There have been various names of the Irish state, some of which have been controversial. The constitutional name of the contemporary state is… …   Wikipedia

  • The Bollandists —     The Bollandists     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Bollandists     An association of ecclesiastical scholars engaged in editing the Acta Sanctorum. This work is a great hagiographical collection begun during the first years of the seventeenth… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Slavs —     The Slavs     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Slavs     I. NAME     A. Slavs     At present the customary name for all the Slavonic races is Slav. This name did not appear in history until a late period, but it has superseded all others. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Gallican Rite —     The Gallican Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite     This subject will be treated under the following six heads:     I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody …   Wikipedia

  • The Vatican as a Scientific Institute —     The Vatican Palace, as a Scientific Institute     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Vatican Palace, as a Scientific Institute     Regarded from the point of view of scientific productivity, the Vatican is the busiest scientific workshop in Rome.… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»